|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
|
54 };
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
57 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
58 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
59 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
65 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
66 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
67 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
68 #endif
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
70 /*
|
|
|
71 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
72 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
73 */
|
|
|
74 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
75 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
76 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
77 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
78 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
79
|
|
|
80 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
81 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
82 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
83 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
84 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
85 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
86 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
87 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
88 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
90 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
91 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
92 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
93 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
94 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
95 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
96 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
97 # endif
|
|
|
98 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
99 #endif
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /*
|
|
|
102 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
103 */
|
|
|
104 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
110 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
111 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
112 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
113 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
121 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
125 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
126 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
127 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
128 * end patterns.
|
|
|
129 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
130 *
|
|
|
131 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
132 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
133 */
|
|
|
134 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
135 {
|
|
|
136 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
137 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
138 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
139 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
140 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
141 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
142 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
143 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
144 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
145 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
146 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
147 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
148 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
149 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
150 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
151 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
153 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
154 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
155 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
156 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
157 */
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
159 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
160 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
161 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
162 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
165 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
166 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
167 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
179 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
180 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
182 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 /*
|
|
|
189 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
190 */
|
|
|
191 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
192 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 /*
|
|
|
199 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
200 */
|
|
|
201 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
202 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
203 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
204 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
221
|
207 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
210 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
211 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
212 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
213
|
|
|
214 /*
|
|
|
215 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
216 */
|
|
|
217 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
218 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
219 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
220
|
|
221
|
221 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
222
|
|
|
223 /*
|
|
|
224 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
225 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
226 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
227 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
228 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
229 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
230 */
|
|
|
231 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
232 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
233 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
234 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 /*
|
|
|
237 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
238 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
239 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
240 */
|
|
|
241 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 /*
|
|
|
244 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
245 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
246 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
247 */
|
|
|
248 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
249 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 /*
|
|
134
|
252 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
253 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
254 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
255 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
256 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
257 */
|
|
|
258 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
259 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
260 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
261 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 /*
|
|
7
|
264 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
265 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
266 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
267 */
|
|
|
268 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 /*
|
|
|
271 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
272 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
273 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
274 */
|
|
|
275 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
276 {
|
|
|
277 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
278 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
279 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
280 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
281 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
282 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
283 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
284 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
285 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
286 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
287 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
288 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
289 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
290 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
291 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
292 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
293 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
294 * pattern */
|
|
|
295 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
298 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
299 but contained groups */
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
301 /*
|
|
154
|
302 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
303 * very often.
|
|
|
304 */
|
|
|
305 typedef struct
|
|
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
308 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
309 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
310 if not allowed */
|
|
|
311 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
312 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
313 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
314 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
315 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 /*
|
|
7
|
318 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
319 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
320 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
321 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
322 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
323 */
|
|
|
324 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
325 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
326 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
327 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
328 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
329 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
331 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
332 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
333 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
337 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
338 */
|
|
|
339 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
340 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 /*
|
|
|
343 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
344 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
345 */
|
|
|
346 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
347 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
348 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
349 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
350 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
351 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
352 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
353 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
354 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
355 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
356 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
357 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
362 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
363 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
364 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
365 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
366 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
367 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
368 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
369 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
370 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
371 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
372 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
373 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
374 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
221
|
375 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
7
|
376 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
377 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
378 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
379 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
380 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
381 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
382 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
383 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
384 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
385 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
388 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
389 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
392 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
393 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
394 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
395 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
396 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
397 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
398 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
399 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
400 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
402 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
403 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
405 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
416 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
417 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
418 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
420 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
421 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
422 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
423 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
424 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
425 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
426 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
427 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
428 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
429 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
430 #else
|
|
|
431 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
432 #endif
|
|
|
433 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
434 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
435 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
436 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
437 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
438 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
439 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
440 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
441 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
442 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
443 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
445 /*
|
|
|
446 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
447 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
448 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
449 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
450 * window.
|
|
|
451 */
|
|
|
452 void
|
|
|
453 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
454 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
455 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
456 {
|
|
|
457 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
458 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
459 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
460 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
461 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
462 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
463 int dist;
|
|
26
|
464 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
465
|
|
|
466 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 /*
|
|
|
469 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
470 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
471 * then.
|
|
7
|
472 */
|
|
26
|
473 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
474 {
|
|
|
475 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
476 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
26
|
478 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
479 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
481 /*
|
|
|
482 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
483 */
|
|
|
484 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
485 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
486 goto theend; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
487 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 /*
|
|
|
490 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
491 */
|
|
|
492 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
493 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
494 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
495 {
|
|
|
496 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
497 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
500 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
501 }
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
503 /*
|
|
|
504 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
505 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
506 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
507 */
|
|
|
508 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
509 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
510 }
|
|
|
511 else
|
|
|
512 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
516 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
517 */
|
|
|
518 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
519 {
|
|
|
520 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
521 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
522 {
|
|
|
523 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
524 break;
|
|
|
525 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
526 {
|
|
|
527 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
528 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
529 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
530 }
|
|
|
531 }
|
|
|
532 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
533 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
534 }
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 /*
|
|
|
537 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
538 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
539 */
|
|
|
540 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
543 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
544 }
|
|
|
545 else
|
|
|
546 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 /*
|
|
|
549 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
550 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
551 */
|
|
|
552 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
553 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
554 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
555 {
|
|
|
556 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
557 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
558 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
561 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
562 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
563 {
|
|
|
564 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
565 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
566 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
567 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
568 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
569 else
|
|
|
570 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
571 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
572 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
573 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
574 {
|
|
|
575 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
576 prev = sp;
|
|
|
577 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
578 {
|
|
|
579 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
580 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
581 prev = sp;
|
|
|
582 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
583 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
584 break;
|
|
|
585 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
586 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
587 }
|
|
|
588 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
589 }
|
|
|
590 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
591 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
592 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
593 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
594 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
595 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
596 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
597 }
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
599 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
600 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
601 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
602 if (got_int)
|
|
|
603 {
|
|
|
604 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
605 break;
|
|
|
606 }
|
|
|
607 }
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 theend:
|
|
|
612 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
613 }
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 /*
|
|
|
616 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
617 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
618 */
|
|
|
619 static void
|
|
|
620 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
621 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
622 {
|
|
|
623 int i;
|
|
|
624 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
627 {
|
|
|
628 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
629 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
630 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
631 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
632 }
|
|
|
633 else
|
|
|
634 {
|
|
|
635 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
636 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638 }
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
640 /*
|
|
|
641 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
642 */
|
|
|
643 static void
|
|
|
644 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
645 {
|
|
|
646 int i;
|
|
|
647 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
650 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
651 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
652 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
653 }
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 /*
|
|
|
656 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
657 *
|
|
|
658 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
659 * used:
|
|
|
660 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
661 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
662 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
663 */
|
|
|
664 static void
|
|
|
665 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
666 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
667 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
668 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
671 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
672 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
673 int idx;
|
|
|
674 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
675 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
676 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
677 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
678 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
679 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
680 char_u *line;
|
|
|
681 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
682 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
683 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
684 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
685 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 /*
|
|
|
688 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
689 */
|
|
|
690 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
694 * there.
|
|
|
695 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
696 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
697 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
698 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
699 */
|
|
|
700 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
701 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
702 else
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
705 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
706 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
707 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
708 else
|
|
|
709 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
710 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
711 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
712 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
713 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
714 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
715 else
|
|
|
716 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 /*
|
|
|
721 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
722 */
|
|
|
723 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
724 {
|
|
|
725 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
726 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
727 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
728 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
729 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
730 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 /*
|
|
|
733 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
734 */
|
|
|
735 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
736 {
|
|
|
737 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
738 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
739 break;
|
|
|
740 }
|
|
|
741 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
743 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
744 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
745 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
746 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 /*
|
|
|
749 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
750 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
751 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
752 */
|
|
|
753 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
754 {
|
|
|
755 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
756 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
757 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
760 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
761 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
762 break;
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
767 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
768 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
769 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 /*
|
|
|
773 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
774 */
|
|
|
775 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
776 {
|
|
|
777 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
778 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
779 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
780 else
|
|
|
781 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
783 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
784 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
785 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
788 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
789 if (got_int)
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
792 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
793 break;
|
|
|
794 }
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
796 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
797 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
800 break;
|
|
|
801 }
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 /*
|
|
|
804 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
805 */
|
|
|
806 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
807 continue;
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 /*
|
|
|
810 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
811 */
|
|
|
812 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
817 for (;;)
|
|
|
818 {
|
|
|
819 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
820 /*
|
|
|
821 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
822 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
823 */
|
|
|
824 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
827 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
828 {
|
|
|
829 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
830 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
831 break;
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
834 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
835 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
836 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
837 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
838 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
839 /*
|
|
|
840 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
841 * match).
|
|
|
842 */
|
|
|
843 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
844 {
|
|
|
845 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
846 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
847 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
848 break;
|
|
|
849 }
|
|
|
850 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
851 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
852 else
|
|
|
853 ++current_col;
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
|
856 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
857 ++current_col;
|
|
|
858 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
859 --current_col;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 else
|
|
|
862 break;
|
|
|
863 }
|
|
|
864 }
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
866 /*
|
|
|
867 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
868 */
|
|
|
869 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
870 {
|
|
|
871 /*
|
|
|
872 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
873 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
874 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
877 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
878 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
879 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 /*
|
|
|
882 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
883 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
884 * the next line.
|
|
|
885 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
886 */
|
|
|
887 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
888 {
|
|
|
889 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
890 {
|
|
|
891 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
892 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
893 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
894 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
895 check_keepend();
|
|
|
896 }
|
|
|
897 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
898 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
899 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
900 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
901 }
|
|
|
902 else
|
|
|
903 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906 }
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
908 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
909 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
910 }
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
913 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
914 {
|
|
|
915 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
916 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
917 }
|
|
|
918 }
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 /*
|
|
|
924 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
925 */
|
|
|
926 static int
|
|
|
927 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
928 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
933 {
|
|
|
934 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
935 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
936 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
937 }
|
|
|
938 return FALSE;
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 /*
|
|
|
942 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
943 */
|
|
|
944 static void
|
|
|
945 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
946 {
|
|
|
947 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
948 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 /*
|
|
|
951 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
952 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
953 */
|
|
|
954 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
955 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
958 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 /*
|
|
|
962 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
963 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
964 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
965 */
|
|
|
966 static void
|
|
|
967 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
968 int startofline;
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
|
970 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
971 int i;
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 if (startofline)
|
|
|
974 {
|
|
|
975 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
976 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
977 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
978 {
|
|
|
979 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
980 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
981 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
982 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
983 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
984 {
|
|
|
985 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
986 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
987 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
988 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
989 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
990 }
|
|
|
991 }
|
|
|
992 }
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 /*
|
|
|
995 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
996 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
997 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
998 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
999 */
|
|
|
1000 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1001 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1002 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1003 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1004 break;
|
|
|
1005 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1006 {
|
|
|
1007 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1008 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
1009 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1010 {
|
|
|
1011 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1012 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1015 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
1016 }
|
|
|
1017 }
|
|
|
1018 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1019 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1020 }
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 /****************************************
|
|
|
1023 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1024 */
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
1026 /*
|
|
|
1027 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1028 *
|
|
|
1029 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1030 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1031 *
|
|
|
1032 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1033 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1034 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1035 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1036 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1037 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1038 *
|
|
|
1039 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1040 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1041 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1042 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1043 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1044 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1045 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1046 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1047 *
|
|
|
1048 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1049 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1050 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1051 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1052 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1053 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1054 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1055 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1056 */
|
|
|
1057
|
|
|
1058 /*
|
|
|
1059 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1060 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1061 */
|
|
|
1062 void
|
|
|
1063 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1064 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1065 {
|
|
|
1066 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1067 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1070 {
|
|
|
1071 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1072 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1073 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1074 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1075 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1076 }
|
|
|
1077 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1078 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1079 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1080 {
|
|
|
1081 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1082 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1083 }
|
|
|
1084 #endif
|
|
|
1085 }
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 /*
|
|
|
1088 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1089 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1090 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1091 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1092 */
|
|
|
1093 static void
|
|
|
1094 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1095 {
|
|
|
1096 long len;
|
|
|
1097 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1098 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1101 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1102 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1103 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1104 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1105 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1106 {
|
|
|
1107 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1108 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1109 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1110 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1111 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1112 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1113 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1116 {
|
|
|
1117 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1118 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1119 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1120 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1121 ;
|
|
|
1122 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1123 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1127 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1128 return;
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1131 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1132 {
|
|
|
1133 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1134 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1135 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1136 {
|
|
|
1137 ++to;
|
|
|
1138 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1139 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1143 {
|
|
|
1144 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1145 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1146 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1147 }
|
|
|
1148 else
|
|
|
1149 {
|
|
|
1150 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1151 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1152 }
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1155 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1156 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1157 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1158 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1161 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1162 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1163 }
|
|
|
1164 }
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 /*
|
|
|
1167 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1168 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1169 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1170 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172 void
|
|
|
1173 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1174 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1175 {
|
|
|
1176 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1177 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1180 return;
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1183 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 if (p->sst_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1186 {
|
|
|
1187 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1188 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1189 {
|
|
|
1190 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1191 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1192 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1193 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1194 else
|
|
|
1195 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1196 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1197 p = np;
|
|
|
1198 continue;
|
|
|
1199 }
|
|
|
1200 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1201 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1202 * again. */
|
|
|
1203 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1206 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1207 else
|
|
|
1208 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1209 }
|
|
|
1210 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1211 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1212 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 prev = p;
|
|
|
1217 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1218 }
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 /*
|
|
|
1222 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1223 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1224 */
|
|
|
1225 static int
|
|
|
1226 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1227 {
|
|
|
1228 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1229 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1230 int above;
|
|
|
1231 int dist;
|
|
|
1232 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1235 return retval;
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1238 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 /*
|
|
|
1241 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1242 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1243 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1244 */
|
|
|
1245 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1246 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1247 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1248 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1249 {
|
|
|
1250 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1253 {
|
|
|
1254 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1255 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1256 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1259 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261 }
|
|
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 /*
|
|
|
1264 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1265 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1266 */
|
|
|
1267 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1268 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1269 {
|
|
|
1270 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1271 {
|
|
|
1272 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1273 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1274 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1275 p = prev;
|
|
|
1276 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1277 }
|
|
|
1278 }
|
|
|
1279 return retval;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 /*
|
|
|
1283 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1284 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1285 */
|
|
|
1286 static void
|
|
|
1287 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1288 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1289 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1290 {
|
|
|
1291 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1292 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1293 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1294 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1295 }
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 /*
|
|
|
1298 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1299 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1300 */
|
|
|
1301 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1302 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1303 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1304 {
|
|
|
1305 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1308 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1309 {
|
|
|
1310 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1311 return p;
|
|
|
1312 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1313 break;
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315 return prev;
|
|
|
1316 }
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 /*
|
|
|
1319 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1320 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1321 */
|
|
|
1322 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1323 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1324 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1325 NULL */
|
|
|
1326 {
|
|
|
1327 int i;
|
|
|
1328 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1329 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1330 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1333 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 /*
|
|
|
1336 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1337 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1338 */
|
|
|
1339 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1340 {
|
|
|
1341 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1342 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1343 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1344 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1345 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1346 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1347 break;
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1352 {
|
|
|
1353 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1354 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1355 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1356 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1357 else
|
|
|
1358 {
|
|
|
1359 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1360 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1361 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1362 break;
|
|
|
1363 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1366 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1367 }
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1370 {
|
|
|
1371 /*
|
|
|
1372 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1373 */
|
|
|
1374 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1375 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1376 {
|
|
|
1377 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1378 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1379 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1380 }
|
|
|
1381 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1382 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1383 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1384 else
|
|
|
1385 {
|
|
|
1386 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1387 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1388 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1389 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1390 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1391 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1392 {
|
|
|
1393 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1394 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1395 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1396 }
|
|
|
1397 else
|
|
|
1398 {
|
|
|
1399 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1400 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1401 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 sp = p;
|
|
|
1404 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1405 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1409 {
|
|
|
1410 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1411 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1412 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1413 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1414 {
|
|
|
1415 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1416 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1417 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1418 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1419 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1420 else
|
|
|
1421 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1422 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1423 }
|
|
|
1424 else
|
|
|
1425 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1426 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1429 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1430 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1433 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1434 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1435 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1438 return sp;
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 static void
|
|
|
1445 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1446 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
|
1448 int i;
|
|
|
1449 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1452 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1453 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1454 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1455 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1456 {
|
|
|
1457 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1458 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1459 else
|
|
|
1460 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1461 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1462 {
|
|
|
1463 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1464 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1465 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1466 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1467 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1468 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1469 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1470 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1471 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1472 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1473 else
|
|
|
1474 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1475 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1476 }
|
|
|
1477 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1480 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1481 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1482 }
|
|
|
1483
|
|
|
1484 /*
|
|
|
1485 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1486 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 static int
|
|
|
1489 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1490 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1491 {
|
|
|
1492 int i, j;
|
|
|
1493 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1494 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1497 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1498 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1499 {
|
|
|
1500 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1501 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1502 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1503 else
|
|
|
1504 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1507 {
|
|
|
1508 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1509 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1510 break;
|
|
|
1511 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1512 {
|
|
|
1513 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1514 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1515 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1516 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1517 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1518 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1519 * different. */
|
|
|
1520 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1521 break;
|
|
|
1522 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1525 * equal. */
|
|
|
1526 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1527 {
|
|
|
1528 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1529 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1530 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1531 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1532 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1533 break;
|
|
|
1534 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1535 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1536 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1537 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1538 break;
|
|
|
1539 }
|
|
|
1540 }
|
|
|
1541 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1542 break;
|
|
|
1543 }
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1546 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1553 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1554 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1555 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1556 * line which changed
|
|
|
1557 * displayed line
|
|
|
1558 * displayed line
|
|
|
1559 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1560 */
|
|
|
1561 void
|
|
|
1562 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1563 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1568 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1569 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1572 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1577 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 static void
|
|
|
1580 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1583 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1584 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1585 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 static void
|
|
|
1589 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1592 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 /*
|
|
|
1596 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1597 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1598 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1599 */
|
|
|
1600 int
|
|
|
1601 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1602 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1603 {
|
|
|
1604 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1605 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 /*
|
|
|
1610 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1611 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1612 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1613 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1614 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1615 */
|
|
|
1616 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1617 {
|
|
|
1618 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1619 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 /*
|
|
|
1622 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1623 * drawn)
|
|
|
1624 */
|
|
|
1625 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /*
|
|
|
1628 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1629 * the line.
|
|
|
1630 */
|
|
|
1631 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1632 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 /*
|
|
|
1635 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1636 */
|
|
|
1637 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1638 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1639 }
|
|
|
1640 }
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 return retval;
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
|
1648 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1649 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1650 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1651 * is valid.
|
|
|
1652 */
|
|
|
1653 static int
|
|
|
1654 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1655 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1656 {
|
|
|
1657 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
221
|
1663 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
1664 /*
|
|
|
1665 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1666 */
|
|
|
1667 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1668 {
|
|
|
1669 /*
|
|
|
1670 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1671 */
|
|
|
1672 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1673 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1674 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1675 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1676 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
|
1679 * that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
1680 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1681 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1682 --current_col;
|
|
|
1683 }
|
|
|
1684 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686 }
|
|
|
1687 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /*
|
|
|
1691 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1692 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1693 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1694 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1695 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1696 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1697 * done.
|
|
7
|
1698 */
|
|
|
1699 int
|
|
221
|
1700 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1701 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1702 int *can_spell;
|
|
7
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1707 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1708 return 0;
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1713 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1714 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 /*
|
|
|
1717 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1718 */
|
|
|
1719 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1720 {
|
|
221
|
1721 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
7
|
1722 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1723 }
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
1726 return attr;
|
|
|
1727 }
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 /*
|
|
|
1730 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1731 */
|
|
|
1732 static int
|
|
221
|
1733 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1734 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1735 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1736 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
1737 {
|
|
|
1738 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1739 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1740 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1741 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1742 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1743 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1744 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1745 int idx;
|
|
|
1746 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1747 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1748 int startcol;
|
|
|
1749 int endcol;
|
|
|
1750 long flags;
|
|
|
1751 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1752 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1753 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1754 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1755 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1756 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1757 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1758 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1759 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1760 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1763 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1764 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1765 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 /*
|
|
|
1768 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1769 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1770 */
|
|
|
1771 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1772 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1773 {
|
|
|
1774 /*
|
|
|
1775 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1776 */
|
|
|
1777 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1778 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1779 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1782 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1783 return 0;
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
1786 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1787 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1790 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1791 }
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793 /*
|
|
|
1794 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1795 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1796 * the next column.
|
|
|
1797 */
|
|
|
1798 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1799 {
|
|
|
1800 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1801 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1802 }
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1805 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1806 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1807 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1810 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1811 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 /*
|
|
|
1814 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1815 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1816 * column.
|
|
|
1817 */
|
|
|
1818 do
|
|
|
1819 {
|
|
|
1820 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1821 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1822 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 /*
|
|
|
1825 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1826 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1827 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1828 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1829 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1830 */
|
|
|
1831 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1832 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1833 else
|
|
|
1834 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1837 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1838 {
|
|
|
1839 /*
|
|
|
1840 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1841 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1842 */
|
|
|
1843 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1844 {
|
|
|
1845 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1846 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1847 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1848 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1849 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1850 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1851 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1852 : 0)
|
|
|
1853 #endif
|
|
|
1854 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1855 {
|
|
|
1856 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1857 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1858 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1861 {
|
|
|
1862 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1863 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1864 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1865 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1866 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1867 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1868 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1869 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1870 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1871 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1872 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1873 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1874 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1875 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1876 {
|
|
|
1877 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1878 {
|
|
|
1879 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1880 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1881 }
|
|
|
1882 else
|
|
|
1883 {
|
|
|
1884 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1885 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1886 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1887 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1888 }
|
|
|
1889 }
|
|
|
1890 else
|
|
|
1891 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1892 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1893 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1894 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896 else
|
|
|
1897 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1898 }
|
|
|
1899 }
|
|
|
1900 }
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 /*
|
|
205
|
1903 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1904 */
|
|
|
1905 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1906 {
|
|
|
1907 /*
|
|
|
1908 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1909 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1910 */
|
|
|
1911 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 /*
|
|
|
1914 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1915 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1916 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1917 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1918 */
|
|
|
1919 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1920 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1921 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1922 {
|
|
|
1923 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1924 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1925 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1926 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1927 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1928 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1929 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1930 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1931 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1932 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1933 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1934 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1935 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1936 {
|
|
|
1937 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1938 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1939 * this item. */
|
|
|
1940 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1941 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1942 continue;
|
|
|
1943 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1946 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1947 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1950 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1951 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1952 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1953 {
|
|
|
1954 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1955 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1956 continue;
|
|
|
1957 }
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 /*
|
|
|
1960 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1961 */
|
|
|
1962 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1963 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1964 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1965 {
|
|
|
1966 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1967 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1968 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1969 continue;
|
|
|
1970 }
|
|
|
1971 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1974 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1975 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
|
1978 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1979 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1980 */
|
|
|
1981 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1982 continue;
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 /*
|
|
|
1985 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1986 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
1987 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
1988 */
|
|
|
1989 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
1990 {
|
|
|
1991 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
1992 continue;
|
|
|
1993 }
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
1996 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
1999 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2000 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2003 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2004 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2005 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 /*
|
|
|
2008 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2009 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2010 */
|
|
|
2011 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2012 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2013 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2016 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2017 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2018 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2019 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 /*
|
|
|
2022 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2023 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2024 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2025 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2028 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2033 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2034 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2035 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2036 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2037 }
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 /*
|
|
|
2040 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2041 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2042 * syncing.
|
|
|
2043 */
|
|
|
2044 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2045 {
|
|
|
2046 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2047 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2048 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2049 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2050 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2051 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2052 {
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
|
2054 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2055 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2056 */
|
|
|
2057 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2058 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2059 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2060 continue;
|
|
|
2061 }
|
|
|
2062 }
|
|
|
2063
|
|
|
2064 /*
|
|
|
2065 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2066 */
|
|
|
2067 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2068 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2069 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2070 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2071 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2072 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2075 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2076 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2077 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2078 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2079 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2080 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2081 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2082 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2083 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2084 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2085 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2086 }
|
|
|
2087 }
|
|
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 /*
|
|
|
2091 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2092 */
|
|
|
2093 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2094 {
|
|
|
2095 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2098 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2099 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2100 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2101 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2102 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2105 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2106 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2107 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2108
|
|
|
2109 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2110 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2111 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2112 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2113 {
|
|
|
2114 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2115 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2116 }
|
|
|
2117 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2118 }
|
|
|
2119 else
|
|
|
2120 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2121 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2122 }
|
|
|
2123 }
|
|
|
2124 }
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 /*
|
|
|
2127 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2128 */
|
|
|
2129 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
|
2131 /*
|
|
|
2132 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2133 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2134 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2135 */
|
|
|
2136 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2137 {
|
|
|
2138 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2139 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2140 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2141 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2142 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2143 break;
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 /*
|
|
|
2147 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2148 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2149 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2150 * match.
|
|
|
2151 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2152 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2153 */
|
|
|
2154 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2155 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2156 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2157 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2158 }
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 /*
|
|
|
2163 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2164 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2165 */
|
|
|
2166 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2167 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2168 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2169 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2170 #endif
|
|
|
2171 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2172 {
|
|
221
|
2173 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2174 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2175 #endif
|
|
7
|
2176 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2177 {
|
|
|
2178 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2179 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2180 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2181 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2182 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2183 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2184 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2185 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2186 {
|
|
|
2187 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2188 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2189 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2190 #endif
|
|
7
|
2191 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2192 break;
|
|
|
2193 }
|
|
|
2194 }
|
|
|
2195
|
|
221
|
2196 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 /*
|
|
|
2201 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2202 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2203 */
|
|
|
2204
|
|
227
|
2205 /* If there is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2206 * @NoSpell. Otherwise only in items with @Spell */
|
|
221
|
2207 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2208 {
|
|
|
2209 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
|
2210 *can_spell = TRUE;
|
|
|
2211 else
|
|
|
2212 {
|
|
|
2213 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2214 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2215 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2216 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218 }
|
|
221
|
2219 else if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
|
2220 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2221 else
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
|
2223 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2224 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2225 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2226 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228 }
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230
|
|
7
|
2231 /*
|
|
|
2232 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2233 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2234 * single character match.
|
|
|
2235 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2236 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2237 * current column.
|
|
|
2238 */
|
|
|
2239 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2240 {
|
|
|
2241 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2242 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
|
2244 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2245 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2246 --current_col;
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
221
|
2250 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2251 /* Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster. */
|
|
|
2252 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0);
|
|
7
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2255 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2256 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2257 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2258 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2261 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2264 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2265 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2266 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 /*
|
|
|
2273 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2274 */
|
|
|
2275 static int
|
|
|
2276 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2277 int idx;
|
|
|
2278 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2279 {
|
|
|
2280 int i;
|
|
|
2281
|
|
|
2282 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2283 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2284 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2285 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2286 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2289 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2290 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2291 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2292 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 /*
|
|
|
2298 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2299 */
|
|
|
2300 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2301 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2302 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 /*
|
|
|
2309 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2310 */
|
|
|
2311 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 /*
|
|
|
2314 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2315 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2316 */
|
|
|
2317 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2318 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2319 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2320 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2321 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2322 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2323 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2324 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2327 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2328 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2329 }
|
|
|
2330 else
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2333 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2334 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2335 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2336 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2337 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2340 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2341 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2342 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
|
2345 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2346 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2347 */
|
|
|
2348 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2349 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2350 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2353 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2354 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2355 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2356 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2357 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2358 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2359 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2360 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2361 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2362 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2363 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365 }
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2370 }
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 /*
|
|
|
2373 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2374 */
|
|
|
2375 static void
|
|
|
2376 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2377 {
|
|
|
2378 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2379 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2382 for (;;)
|
|
|
2383 {
|
|
|
2384 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2385 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2386 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2387 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2388 {
|
|
|
2389 /*
|
|
|
2390 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2391 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2392 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2393 * position.
|
|
|
2394 */
|
|
|
2395 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2396 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2397 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2398 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2401 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2402 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2403 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2404 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2405 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2408 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2409 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2410 break;
|
|
|
2411 }
|
|
|
2412 else
|
|
|
2413 {
|
|
|
2414 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2415 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2416 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2417 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2418 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2419 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2420 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2423 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2424 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2425 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2426
|
|
|
2427 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2430 break;
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
|
2434 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2435 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2436 break;
|
|
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2440
|
|
|
2441 /*
|
|
|
2442 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2443 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2444 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2445 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2446 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2447 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2448 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2449 */
|
|
|
2450 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2451 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2452 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2453 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2454 {
|
|
|
2455 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2456 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2457 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2458 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2459 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2460 break;
|
|
|
2461 }
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463 }
|
|
|
2464 else
|
|
|
2465 break;
|
|
|
2466 }
|
|
|
2467 }
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /*
|
|
|
2470 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2471 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2472 */
|
|
|
2473 static void
|
|
|
2474 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2475 int idx;
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2478 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2479
|
|
|
2480 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2481 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2482 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2483 else
|
|
|
2484 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2485 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2486 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2487 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2488 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2489 else
|
|
|
2490 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2491
|
|
|
2492 /*
|
|
|
2493 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2494 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2495 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2496 */
|
|
|
2497 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2498 {
|
|
|
2499 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2502 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2503 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2504 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506 else
|
|
|
2507 {
|
|
|
2508 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2509 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2510 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2511 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2512 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2515 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 }
|
|
|
2518 }
|
|
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 /*
|
|
|
2522 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2523 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2524 */
|
|
|
2525 static void
|
|
|
2526 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 int i;
|
|
|
2529 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2530 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2531
|
|
|
2532 /*
|
|
|
2533 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2534 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2535 */
|
|
|
2536 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2537 return;
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 /*
|
|
|
2540 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2541 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2542 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2543 */
|
|
|
2544 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2545 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2546 break;
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2549 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2552 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2553 {
|
|
|
2554 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2555 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2556 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2557 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2558 }
|
|
|
2559 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2560 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2561 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2562 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2563 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2564 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2565 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567 }
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 /*
|
|
|
2570 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2571 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2572 *
|
|
|
2573 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2574 */
|
|
|
2575 static void
|
|
|
2576 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2577 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2578 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2579 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2582 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2583 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2584 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2585 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2586
|
|
|
2587 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2588 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2589 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2590 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2591 return;
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 /*
|
|
|
2594 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2595 * line.
|
|
|
2596 */
|
|
|
2597 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2598 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2599 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2600 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2601 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2606 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
|
2608 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2609 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2610 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2611 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613 else
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2616 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2617 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2618 }
|
|
|
2619 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2620 }
|
|
|
2621 else
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2624 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2625 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2626 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2627 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2628 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 /*
|
|
|
2633 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2634 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2635 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2636 */
|
|
|
2637 static int
|
|
|
2638 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2639 int idx;
|
|
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2642 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2643 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2644 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2645 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2646 return OK;
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 /*
|
|
|
2650 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2651 */
|
|
|
2652 static void
|
|
|
2653 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2658 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2661 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2664 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2665 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2666 }
|
|
|
2667
|
|
|
2668 /*
|
|
|
2669 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2670 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2671 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2672 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2673 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2674 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2675 * computed.
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 static void
|
|
|
2678 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2679 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2680 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2681 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2682 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2683 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2684 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2685 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2686 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2687 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2690 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2691 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2692 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2693 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2694 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2695 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2696 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2697 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 /*
|
|
|
2700 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2701 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2702 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2703 */
|
|
|
2704 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2705 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2708 return;
|
|
|
2709 }
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 /*
|
|
|
2712 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2713 */
|
|
|
2714 for (;;)
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2717 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2718 break;
|
|
|
2719 ++idx;
|
|
|
2720 }
|
|
|
2721
|
|
|
2722 /*
|
|
|
2723 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2724 */
|
|
|
2725 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2726 {
|
|
|
2727 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2728 ++idx;
|
|
|
2729 }
|
|
|
2730 else
|
|
|
2731 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2734 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2735 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2738 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2739 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2740 for (;;)
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 /*
|
|
|
2743 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2744 */
|
|
|
2745 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2746 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2751 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2752 break;
|
|
|
2753 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2754 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2755 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2758 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2759 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2760 {
|
|
|
2761 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2762 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2765 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2766 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2767 }
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 }
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 /*
|
|
|
2772 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2773 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2774 */
|
|
|
2775 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2776 break;
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 /*
|
|
|
2779 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2780 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2781 */
|
|
|
2782 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2783 {
|
|
|
2784 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2787 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2788 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2789 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2790 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2791 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2792 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2793 {
|
|
|
2794 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2795 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2798 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2799 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2800 break;
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2803
|
|
|
2804 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2805 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2806 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2807 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2808 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2809 else
|
|
|
2810 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2811 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2812 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2813 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2814 ;
|
|
|
2815
|
|
|
2816 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2817 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2818 break;
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 }
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 /*
|
|
|
2825 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2826 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2827 */
|
|
|
2828 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2829 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2830 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2831 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2832 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2835 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2836 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2837 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2838 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2839 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2840 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 /*
|
|
|
2843 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2844 */
|
|
|
2845 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2846 {
|
|
|
2847 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2848 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2851 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853 else
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2856 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2861 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2862 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2863 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2864 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2867 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2868 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2869 }
|
|
|
2870 else
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2873 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2879 break;
|
|
|
2880 }
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2883 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2884 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2885
|
|
|
2886 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2887 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2888 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2889 }
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 /*
|
|
|
2892 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2893 */
|
|
|
2894 static void
|
|
|
2895 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2896 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2897 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2898 {
|
|
|
2899 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2900 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2901 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2902 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 /*
|
|
|
2906 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2907 */
|
|
|
2908 static void
|
|
|
2909 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2910 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2911 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2912 {
|
|
|
2913 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2914 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2915 else
|
|
|
2916 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2917 }
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 /*
|
|
|
2920 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2921 */
|
|
|
2922 static void
|
|
|
2923 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2924 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2925 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2926 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2927 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2928 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2929 {
|
|
|
2930 int col;
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2933 {
|
|
|
2934 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2935 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2936 }
|
|
|
2937 else
|
|
|
2938 {
|
|
|
2939 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2940 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2943 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2944 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2945 else
|
|
|
2946 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2947 }
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /*
|
|
|
2950 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2951 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2952 */
|
|
|
2953 static void
|
|
|
2954 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2955 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2956 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2957 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2958 int idx;
|
|
|
2959 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 int col;
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2966 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968 else
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2971 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2974 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2975 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2976 else
|
|
|
2977 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 /*
|
|
|
2981 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
2982 */
|
|
|
2983 static char_u *
|
|
|
2984 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2987 }
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 /*
|
|
|
2990 * Call vim_regexec() to match in syn_buf.
|
|
|
2991 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
2992 */
|
|
|
2993 static int
|
|
|
2994 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
2995 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
2996 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2997 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2998 {
|
|
|
2999 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3002 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3003 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3004 }
|
|
|
3005 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3006 }
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 /*
|
|
|
3009 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3010 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3011 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3012 */
|
|
|
3013 static int
|
|
|
3014 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3015 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3016 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3017 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3018 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3019 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3020 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3021 {
|
|
134
|
3022 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3023 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3024 int round;
|
|
134
|
3025 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3026 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3027 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3028 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3031 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3032 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3033 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3034 do
|
|
|
3035 {
|
|
|
3036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3037 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
134
|
3038 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3039 else
|
|
|
3040 #endif
|
|
134
|
3041 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3042 }
|
|
|
3043 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3046 return 0;
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /*
|
|
|
3049 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3050 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3051 */
|
|
134
|
3052 STRNCPY(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
|
3053 keyword[kwlen] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 /*
|
|
|
3056 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3057 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3058 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3059 */
|
|
|
3060 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
134
|
3062 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3063 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3064 continue;
|
|
134
|
3065 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3066 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 /*
|
|
134
|
3069 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3070 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3071 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3072 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3073 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3074 */
|
|
134
|
3075 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3076 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3077 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3078 {
|
|
134
|
3079 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3080 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3081 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3082 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3083 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3084 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3085 {
|
|
|
3086 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3087 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3088 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3089 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3090 }
|
|
7
|
3091 }
|
|
|
3092 }
|
|
|
3093 return 0;
|
|
|
3094 }
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 /*
|
|
|
3097 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3098 */
|
|
|
3099 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3100 static void
|
|
|
3101 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3102 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3103 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3104 {
|
|
|
3105 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3106 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3109 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3110 return;
|
|
|
3111
|
|
|
3112 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3113 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3114 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3115 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3116 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3117 else
|
|
|
3118 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 /*
|
|
|
3122 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3123 */
|
|
|
3124 void
|
|
|
3125 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3126 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3127 {
|
|
|
3128 int i;
|
|
|
3129
|
|
|
3130 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
|
3131 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3134 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3135 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3138 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3139 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3140 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3143 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3144 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3145 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3148 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3149 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3150 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3153 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3154 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3155 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3156 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3157 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3158 #endif
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3161 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3162 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3163 }
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 /*
|
|
|
3166 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3167 */
|
|
|
3168 static void
|
|
|
3169 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
|
3171 int i;
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3174 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3175 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3176 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3179 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3180 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3181 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3182
|
|
|
3183 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3184 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3185 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3186 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3189 }
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 /*
|
|
|
3192 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3193 */
|
|
|
3194 static void
|
|
|
3195 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3196 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3197 int idx;
|
|
|
3198 {
|
|
|
3199 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3202 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3203 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3204 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3205 #endif
|
|
|
3206 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3207 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3208 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3209 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3210 }
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 /*
|
|
|
3213 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3214 * last to first!
|
|
|
3215 */
|
|
|
3216 static void
|
|
|
3217 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3218 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3219 int i;
|
|
|
3220 {
|
|
|
3221 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3222 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3223 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3224 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3225 {
|
|
|
3226 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3227 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3228 }
|
|
|
3229 }
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 /*
|
|
|
3232 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3233 */
|
|
|
3234 static void
|
|
|
3235 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3236 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3237 int i;
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3240 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3241 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3242 }
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 /*
|
|
|
3245 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3246 */
|
|
|
3247 static void
|
|
|
3248 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3249 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3250 int syncing;
|
|
|
3251 {
|
|
|
3252 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3253 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3254 int id;
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3257 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3258 return;
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 /*
|
|
|
3261 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3262 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3263 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3264 * clear".
|
|
|
3265 */
|
|
|
3266 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3267 return;
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 /*
|
|
|
3272 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3273 */
|
|
|
3274 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3275 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3276 else
|
|
|
3277 {
|
|
|
3278 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3279 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3280 }
|
|
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282 else
|
|
|
3283 {
|
|
|
3284 /*
|
|
|
3285 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3286 */
|
|
|
3287 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3288 {
|
|
|
3289 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3290 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
|
3292 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3293 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3296 break;
|
|
|
3297 }
|
|
|
3298 else
|
|
|
3299 {
|
|
|
3300 /*
|
|
|
3301 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3302 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3303 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3308 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3309 }
|
|
|
3310 }
|
|
|
3311 else
|
|
|
3312 {
|
|
|
3313 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3314 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3315 {
|
|
|
3316 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3317 break;
|
|
|
3318 }
|
|
|
3319 else
|
|
|
3320 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3323 }
|
|
|
3324 }
|
|
|
3325 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3326 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 /*
|
|
|
3330 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3331 */
|
|
|
3332 static void
|
|
|
3333 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3334 int id;
|
|
|
3335 int syncing;
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
|
3337 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3338 int idx;
|
|
|
3339
|
|
|
3340 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3341 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3342 {
|
|
134
|
3343 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3344 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3345 }
|
|
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3348 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3351 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3352 continue;
|
|
|
3353 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3354 }
|
|
|
3355 }
|
|
|
3356
|
|
|
3357 /*
|
|
|
3358 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3359 */
|
|
|
3360 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3361 static void
|
|
|
3362 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3363 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3364 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3365 {
|
|
|
3366 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 /*
|
|
|
3370 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3371 */
|
|
|
3372 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3373 static void
|
|
|
3374 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3375 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3376 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3379 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3380 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3381 }
|
|
|
3382
|
|
|
3383 /*
|
|
|
3384 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3385 */
|
|
|
3386 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3387 static void
|
|
|
3388 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3389 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3390 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3393 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3396 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3397 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399 }
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 /*
|
|
|
3402 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3403 */
|
|
|
3404 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3405 static void
|
|
|
3406 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3407 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3408 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3411 }
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 /*
|
|
|
3414 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3415 */
|
|
|
3416 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3417 static void
|
|
|
3418 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3419 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3420 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3421 {
|
|
|
3422 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424
|
|
|
3425 static void
|
|
|
3426 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3427 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3428 char *name;
|
|
|
3429 {
|
|
|
3430 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3431
|
|
|
3432 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3433 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
|
3436 sprintf((char *)buf + 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
|
3437 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3438 }
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440
|
|
|
3441 /*
|
|
|
3442 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3443 */
|
|
|
3444 static void
|
|
|
3445 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3446 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3447 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3450 int id;
|
|
|
3451 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
3453 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3454 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3455 return;
|
|
|
3456
|
|
|
3457 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3458 {
|
|
|
3459 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3460 return;
|
|
|
3461 }
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3464 {
|
|
|
3465 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3468 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3469 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3470 return;
|
|
|
3471 }
|
|
|
3472 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3473 {
|
|
|
3474 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3475 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3476 else
|
|
|
3477 {
|
|
|
3478 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3479 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3480 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3481 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 return;
|
|
|
3484 }
|
|
|
3485 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3486 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3487 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3488 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3489 {
|
|
|
3490 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3491 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3492 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495 else
|
|
|
3496 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3497 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3498 {
|
|
|
3499 /*
|
|
|
3500 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3501 */
|
|
|
3502 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3503 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3504 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3505 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3506 }
|
|
|
3507 else
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 /*
|
|
|
3510 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3511 */
|
|
|
3512 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3513 {
|
|
|
3514 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3515 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3516 {
|
|
|
3517 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3518 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3519 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3520 else
|
|
|
3521 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3522 }
|
|
|
3523 else
|
|
|
3524 {
|
|
|
3525 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3526 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3527 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3528 else
|
|
|
3529 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3530 }
|
|
|
3531 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3532 }
|
|
|
3533 }
|
|
|
3534 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3535 }
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 static void
|
|
|
3538 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3541 {
|
|
|
3542 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3543 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3546 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3547 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3548 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3549 }
|
|
|
3550 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3551 {
|
|
|
3552 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3553 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3554 }
|
|
|
3555 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557 }
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 static void
|
|
|
3560 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3561 {
|
|
|
3562 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3563 {
|
|
|
3564 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3565 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3566 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568 }
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
3570 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3571
|
|
|
3572 struct name_list
|
|
|
3573 {
|
|
|
3574 int flag;
|
|
|
3575 char *name;
|
|
|
3576 };
|
|
|
3577
|
|
|
3578 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3579
|
|
|
3580 /*
|
|
|
3581 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3582 */
|
|
|
3583 static void
|
|
|
3584 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3585 int id;
|
|
|
3586 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3587 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3588 {
|
|
|
3589 int attr;
|
|
|
3590 int idx;
|
|
|
3591 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3592 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3593 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3594 {
|
|
|
3595 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3596 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3597 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3598 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3599 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3600 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3601 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3602 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3603 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3604 };
|
|
|
3605 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3606 {
|
|
|
3607 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3608 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3609 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3610 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3611 };
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3616 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
134
|
3618 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3619 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3620 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3621 }
|
|
|
3622
|
|
|
3623 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3624 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3625 {
|
|
|
3626 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3627 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3628 continue;
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3631 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3632 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3633 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3636 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3637 }
|
|
|
3638 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3641 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3642 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3643 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3644 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3645 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3646 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3647 --idx;
|
|
|
3648 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3649 }
|
|
|
3650 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3653 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3656 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3657 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3662 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3663 }
|
|
|
3664 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3665 {
|
|
|
3666 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3667 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3668 else
|
|
|
3669 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3670 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3671 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3672 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3673 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3674 else
|
|
|
3675 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3676 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3677 }
|
|
|
3678 }
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3681 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3682 {
|
|
|
3683 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3684 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3685 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3686 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688 }
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 static void
|
|
|
3691 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3692 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3693 int flags;
|
|
|
3694 int attr;
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 int i;
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3699 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3702 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3703 }
|
|
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705
|
|
|
3706 /*
|
|
|
3707 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3708 */
|
|
|
3709 static void
|
|
|
3710 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3711 int id;
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
|
3713 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3716 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3717 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3720 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3721 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3722 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3725 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3726 {
|
|
|
3727 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3728 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3729 }
|
|
|
3730 else
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3733 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 }
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 static void
|
|
|
3738 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3739 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3740 short *list;
|
|
|
3741 int attr;
|
|
|
3742 {
|
|
|
3743 short *p;
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3746 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3747 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3748 {
|
|
|
3749 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3752 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3753 else
|
|
|
3754 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3757 {
|
|
|
3758 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3759 }
|
|
|
3760 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3761 {
|
|
|
3762 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3763 }
|
|
|
3764 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3769 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3770 }
|
|
|
3771 else
|
|
|
3772 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3773 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3774 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3775 }
|
|
|
3776 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 static void
|
|
|
3780 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3781 char *s;
|
|
|
3782 int c;
|
|
|
3783 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3784 int attr;
|
|
|
3785 {
|
|
|
3786 long n;
|
|
|
3787 int mask;
|
|
|
3788 int first;
|
|
|
3789 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3790 int i;
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3793 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3794 {
|
|
|
3795 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3796 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3797 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3798 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3799 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3800 else
|
|
|
3801 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3802 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3803 }
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3806 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3807 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3808
|
|
|
3809 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3810 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3811 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3814 break;
|
|
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3817 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3818 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3819
|
|
|
3820 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3821 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3822 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3823 {
|
|
|
3824 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3825 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
|
3827 if (!first)
|
|
|
3828 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3829 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3830 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3831 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3834 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3835 else
|
|
|
3836 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3837 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3838 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3839 }
|
|
|
3840 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3841 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3842 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3843 }
|
|
|
3844 }
|
|
|
3845 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3846 }
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 /*
|
|
|
3849 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3850 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3851 */
|
|
|
3852 static int
|
|
134
|
3853 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3854 int id;
|
|
134
|
3855 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3856 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3857 int attr;
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3860 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3861 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3862 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3863 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3864 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3865 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3866 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3867 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3868 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 /*
|
|
|
3871 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3872 * hash value...
|
|
|
3873 */
|
|
134
|
3874 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3875 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3876 {
|
|
|
3877 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3878 {
|
|
|
3879 --todo;
|
|
|
3880 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3881 {
|
|
134
|
3882 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3883 {
|
|
134
|
3884 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3885 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3886 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3887 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3888 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3889 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3890 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3891 else
|
|
|
3892 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3893 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3894 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3897 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3898 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3899 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3900 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3901 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3904 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3905 {
|
|
|
3906 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3907 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3908 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3911 {
|
|
|
3912 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3913 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3914 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3915 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3920 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3921 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3922 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3923 {
|
|
|
3924 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3925 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3926 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
3927 }
|
|
|
3928 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
3931 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3932 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
3937 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3938 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
3942 }
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944 }
|
|
|
3945 }
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 return did_header;
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 static void
|
|
134
|
3951 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
3952 int id;
|
|
134
|
3953 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3954 {
|
|
|
3955 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3956 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3957 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
3958 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
3959 int todo;
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
|
3962 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3963 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 --todo;
|
|
|
3968 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
3969 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
3970 {
|
|
134
|
3971 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
3972 {
|
|
|
3973 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3974 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
3975 {
|
|
|
3976 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
3977 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
3978 else
|
|
|
3979 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
3980 }
|
|
|
3981 else
|
|
|
3982 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
3983 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
3984 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
3985 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
3986 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
7
|
3988 else
|
|
134
|
3989 {
|
|
|
3990 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
3991 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
7
|
3993 }
|
|
134
|
3994 }
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
3997 }
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 /*
|
|
|
4000 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4001 */
|
|
|
4002 static void
|
|
134
|
4003 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4004 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4007 int todo;
|
|
|
4008 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4009 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4012 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4013 {
|
|
|
4014 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4015 {
|
|
|
4016 --todo;
|
|
|
4017 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4018 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4019 {
|
|
134
|
4020 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4021 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4022 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4023 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4024 }
|
|
134
|
4025 }
|
|
|
4026 }
|
|
|
4027 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4028 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4029 }
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 /*
|
|
|
4032 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4033 */
|
|
|
4034 static void
|
|
|
4035 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4036 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4037 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4038 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4039 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4040 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4041 {
|
|
134
|
4042 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4043 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4044 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4045 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4046 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4047 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4050 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4051 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4052 else
|
|
|
4053 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4054 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4055 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4056 return;
|
|
|
4057 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4058 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4059 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4060 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4061 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4062 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4063 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4064 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4067 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4068 else
|
|
134
|
4069 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4072 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4073 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4074 {
|
|
|
4075 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4076 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4077 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4078 }
|
|
|
4079 else
|
|
|
4080 {
|
|
|
4081 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4082 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4083 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4084 }
|
|
7
|
4085 }
|
|
|
4086
|
|
|
4087 /*
|
|
|
4088 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4089 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4090 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4091 */
|
|
|
4092 static char_u *
|
|
|
4093 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4094 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4095 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4096 {
|
|
|
4097 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4100 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 /*
|
|
|
4103 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4104 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4105 */
|
|
|
4106 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4107 return NULL;
|
|
|
4108 return rest;
|
|
|
4109 }
|
|
|
4110
|
|
|
4111 /*
|
|
|
4112 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4113 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4114 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4115 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4116 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4117 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4118 */
|
|
|
4119 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4120 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4121 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4122 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
7
|
4124 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4125 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4126 int len;
|
|
154
|
4127 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4128 int i;
|
|
|
4129 int fidx;
|
|
|
4130 static struct flag
|
|
|
4131 {
|
|
|
4132 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4133 int argtype;
|
|
|
4134 int flags;
|
|
|
4135 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4136 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4137 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4138 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4139 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4140 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4141 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4142 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4143 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4144 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4145 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4146 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4147 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4148 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4149 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4150 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4151 };
|
|
154
|
4152 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4155 return NULL;
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 for (;;)
|
|
|
4158 {
|
|
154
|
4159 /*
|
|
|
4160 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4161 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4162 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4163 */
|
|
|
4164 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4165 break;
|
|
7
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4168 {
|
|
154
|
4169 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4170 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4171 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4172 break;
|
|
|
4173 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4174 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4175 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4176 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4177 {
|
|
154
|
4178 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4179 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4180 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4181 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4182 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4183 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4184 break;
|
|
|
4185 }
|
|
|
4186 }
|
|
154
|
4187 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4188 break;
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4193 {
|
|
|
4194 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4195 return NULL;
|
|
|
4196 }
|
|
154
|
4197 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4198 return NULL;
|
|
|
4199 }
|
|
154
|
4200 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4201 {
|
|
|
4202 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4203 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4206 return NULL;
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
154
|
4208 #endif
|
|
|
4209 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4210 return NULL;
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
154
|
4212 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4215 return NULL;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 else
|
|
154
|
4218 {
|
|
|
4219 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4220 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4223 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4224 {
|
|
|
4225 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4226 {
|
|
|
4227 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4228 return NULL;
|
|
|
4229 }
|
|
|
4230 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4231 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4232 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4233 return NULL;
|
|
|
4234 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4235 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4236 return NULL;
|
|
|
4237 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4238 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4239 else
|
|
|
4240 {
|
|
|
4241 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4242 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4243 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4244 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4245 {
|
|
|
4246 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4247 break;
|
|
|
4248 }
|
|
|
4249 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4250 {
|
|
|
4251 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4252 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4253 return NULL;
|
|
|
4254 }
|
|
|
4255 }
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4258 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4259 }
|
|
|
4260 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4261 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4262 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4263 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4264 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4265 #endif
|
|
|
4266 }
|
|
|
4267 }
|
|
7
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 return arg;
|
|
|
4270 }
|
|
|
4271
|
|
|
4272 /*
|
|
|
4273 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4274 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4275 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4276 */
|
|
|
4277 static void
|
|
|
4278 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4279 int id;
|
|
|
4280 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4281 {
|
|
|
4282 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4283 return;
|
|
|
4284 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4285 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4286 {
|
|
|
4287 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4288 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4289 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4290
|
|
|
4291 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4292 {
|
|
|
4293 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4294 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4295 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4296 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298 }
|
|
|
4299 }
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 /*
|
|
|
4302 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4303 */
|
|
|
4304 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4305 static void
|
|
|
4306 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4307 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4308 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4309 {
|
|
|
4310 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4311 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4312 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4313 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4314 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4315 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4316 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4317 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4320 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4321 return;
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 ++arg;
|
|
|
4326 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4327 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4328 {
|
|
|
4329 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4330 return;
|
|
|
4331 }
|
|
|
4332 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4333 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4334 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4335 }
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 /*
|
|
|
4338 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4339 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4340 */
|
|
|
4341 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4342 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4343 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4344 {
|
|
|
4345 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4346 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4347 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4348 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4349 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4350 {
|
|
|
4351 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4352 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4353 return;
|
|
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355 }
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 /*
|
|
|
4358 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4359 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4360 */
|
|
|
4361 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4362 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4363 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4364 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4365 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4366 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4367 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4368 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4369 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 /*
|
|
|
4373 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4374 */
|
|
|
4375 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4376 static void
|
|
|
4377 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4378 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4379 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4382 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4383 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4384 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4385 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4386 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4387 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4388 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4389 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4394 {
|
|
|
4395 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4398 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4399 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4400 {
|
|
154
|
4401 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4402 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4403 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4404 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4405 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4406 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4407
|
|
7
|
4408 /*
|
|
|
4409 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4410 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4411 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4412 */
|
|
154
|
4413 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4414 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4415 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4416 {
|
|
154
|
4417 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4418 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4419 break;
|
|
|
4420 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4421 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
|
4423 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4424 ++rest;
|
|
|
4425 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4426 }
|
|
|
4427 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4428 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430
|
|
|
4431 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4432 {
|
|
|
4433 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4434 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4435
|
|
7
|
4436 /*
|
|
154
|
4437 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4438 */
|
|
154
|
4439 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4440 {
|
|
154
|
4441 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4442 {
|
|
154
|
4443 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4444 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4445 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4446 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4447 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4448 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4449 break;
|
|
|
4450 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
|
4453 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4454 break;
|
|
168
|
4455 }
|
|
|
4456 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4459 break;
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
154
|
4461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4462 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4463 {
|
|
154
|
4464 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1);
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4467 p += l;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469 else
|
|
7
|
4470 #endif
|
|
154
|
4471 {
|
|
|
4472 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4473 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4474 }
|
|
|
4475 }
|
|
|
4476 }
|
|
|
4477 }
|
|
154
|
4478
|
|
7
|
4479 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4480 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4481 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4482 }
|
|
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4486 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4487 else
|
|
|
4488 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4491 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4492 }
|
|
|
4493
|
|
|
4494 /*
|
|
|
4495 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4496 *
|
|
|
4497 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4498 */
|
|
|
4499 static void
|
|
|
4500 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4501 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4502 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4503 {
|
|
|
4504 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4505 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4506 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4507 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4508 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4509 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4510 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4511 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4512
|
|
|
4513 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4514 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4517 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4518 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4519 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4520 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4521 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4522 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4523 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4524 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4525
|
|
|
4526 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4527 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4528 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4529 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4530 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4531 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4534 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4537 {
|
|
|
4538 /*
|
|
|
4539 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4540 */
|
|
|
4541 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4542 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4543 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4544 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4545 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4546 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4547 {
|
|
154
|
4548 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4549 /*
|
|
|
4550 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4551 */
|
|
|
4552 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4553 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4554 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4555 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4556 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4557 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4558 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4559 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4560 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4561 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4562 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4563 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4564 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4565 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4566 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4569 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4570 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4571 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4572 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4573 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4574 #endif
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4577 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4578 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4579 }
|
|
|
4580 }
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 /*
|
|
|
4583 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4584 */
|
|
|
4585 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4586 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4587 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4588 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4589 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4592 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4593 }
|
|
|
4594
|
|
|
4595 /*
|
|
|
4596 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4597 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4598 */
|
|
|
4599 static void
|
|
|
4600 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4601 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4602 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4605 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4606 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4607 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4608 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4609 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4610 int item;
|
|
|
4611 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4612 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4613 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4614 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4615 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4616 {
|
|
|
4617 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4618 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4619 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4620 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4621 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4622 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4623 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4624 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4625 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4626 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4627 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4628 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4629 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4630 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4631 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4634 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4637 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4638 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4641
|
|
154
|
4642 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4643 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4644 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4645 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4646 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4647 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4648 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4649
|
|
7
|
4650 /*
|
|
|
4651 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4652 */
|
|
|
4653 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4654 {
|
|
|
4655 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4656 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4657 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4658 break;
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4661 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4662 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4663 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4664 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4665 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4666 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4667 {
|
|
|
4668 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4669 break;
|
|
|
4670 }
|
|
|
4671 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4672 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4673 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4674 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4675 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4676 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4677 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4678 {
|
|
|
4679 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
|
4681 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4682 break;
|
|
|
4683 }
|
|
|
4684 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4685 }
|
|
|
4686 else
|
|
|
4687 break;
|
|
|
4688 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4689 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4690 {
|
|
|
4691 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4692 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4693 break;
|
|
|
4694 }
|
|
|
4695 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4696 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4697 {
|
|
|
4698 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4699 break;
|
|
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4703 {
|
|
|
4704 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4705 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4706 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4707 else
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4710 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4711 {
|
|
|
4712 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4713 break;
|
|
|
4714 }
|
|
|
4715 }
|
|
|
4716 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4717 }
|
|
|
4718 else
|
|
|
4719 {
|
|
|
4720 /*
|
|
|
4721 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4722 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4723 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4724 */
|
|
|
4725 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4726 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
|
4728 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4729 break;
|
|
|
4730 }
|
|
|
4731 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4732 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4733 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4734 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4737 break;
|
|
|
4738 }
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 /*
|
|
|
4741 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4742 */
|
|
|
4743 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4744 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4745 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4746 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4747 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4748 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4749 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4750 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4751 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4752 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4753 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4754 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756 }
|
|
|
4757 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4758 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4759 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 /*
|
|
|
4762 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4763 */
|
|
|
4764 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4765 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4766 {
|
|
|
4767 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4768 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4772 {
|
|
|
4773 /*
|
|
|
4774 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4775 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4776 */
|
|
|
4777 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4778 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4779 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4780 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4781 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4782 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4783 {
|
|
154
|
4784 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4785 /*
|
|
|
4786 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4787 */
|
|
|
4788 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4789 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4792 {
|
|
|
4793 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4794 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4795 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4796 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4797 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4798 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4799 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4800 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4801 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4802 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4803 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4804 {
|
|
154
|
4805 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4806 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4807 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4808 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4809 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4810 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4811 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4812 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4813 }
|
|
|
4814 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4815 ++idx;
|
|
|
4816 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4817 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4818 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4819 #endif
|
|
|
4820 }
|
|
|
4821 }
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4824 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4825 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4826 }
|
|
|
4827 }
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 /*
|
|
|
4830 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4831 */
|
|
|
4832 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4833 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4834 {
|
|
|
4835 if (!success)
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
|
4837 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4838 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4839 }
|
|
|
4840 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4841 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4842 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 if (!success)
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
154
|
4847 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4848 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4849 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4850 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4851 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4852 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4853 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4854 }
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 static int
|
|
|
4861 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4862 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4863 #endif
|
|
|
4864 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4865 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4866 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4867 {
|
|
|
4868 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4869 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4872 }
|
|
|
4873
|
|
|
4874 /*
|
|
|
4875 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4876 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4877 */
|
|
|
4878 static void
|
|
|
4879 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4880 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4881 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4882 int list_op;
|
|
|
4883 {
|
|
|
4884 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4885 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4886 short *g1;
|
|
|
4887 short *g2;
|
|
|
4888 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4889 int count;
|
|
|
4890 int round;
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 /*
|
|
|
4893 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4894 */
|
|
|
4895 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4896 return;
|
|
|
4897 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4900 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4901 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4902 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4903 else
|
|
|
4904 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4905 return;
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907
|
|
|
4908 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4909 ++count1;
|
|
|
4910 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4911 ++count2;
|
|
|
4912
|
|
|
4913 /*
|
|
|
4914 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4915 */
|
|
|
4916 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4917 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 /*
|
|
|
4920 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4921 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4922 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4923 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4924 */
|
|
|
4925 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4926 {
|
|
|
4927 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
4928 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4929 count = 0;
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 /*
|
|
|
4932 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
4933 */
|
|
|
4934 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 /*
|
|
|
4937 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
4938 */
|
|
|
4939 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4942 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4943 count++;
|
|
|
4944 g1++;
|
|
|
4945 continue;
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947 /*
|
|
|
4948 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
4949 * lists.
|
|
|
4950 */
|
|
|
4951 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4952 {
|
|
|
4953 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4954 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4955 count++;
|
|
|
4956 }
|
|
|
4957 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
4958 g1++;
|
|
|
4959 g2++;
|
|
|
4960 }
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 /*
|
|
|
4963 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
4964 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
4965 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
4966 */
|
|
|
4967 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
4968 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4969 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4970 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4971 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
4972 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4973 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
4976 {
|
|
|
4977 /*
|
|
|
4978 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
4979 * space for it.
|
|
|
4980 */
|
|
|
4981 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
4982 {
|
|
|
4983 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4984 break;
|
|
|
4985 }
|
|
|
4986 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4987 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
4988 break;
|
|
|
4989 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
4990 }
|
|
|
4991 }
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 /*
|
|
|
4994 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
4995 */
|
|
|
4996 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4997 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4998 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
4999 }
|
|
|
5000
|
|
|
5001 /*
|
|
|
5002 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5003 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005 static int
|
|
|
5006 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5007 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5008 {
|
|
|
5009 int i;
|
|
|
5010 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5013 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5014 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5015 return 0;
|
|
|
5016 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5017 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5018 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5019 break;
|
|
|
5020 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5021 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5022 }
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 /*
|
|
|
5025 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5026 */
|
|
|
5027 static int
|
|
|
5028 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5029 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5030 int len;
|
|
|
5031 {
|
|
|
5032 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5033 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5036 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5037 {
|
|
|
5038 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5039 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5040 }
|
|
|
5041 return id;
|
|
|
5042 }
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 /*
|
|
|
5045 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5046 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5047 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5048 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5049 */
|
|
|
5050 static int
|
|
|
5051 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5052 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5053 int len;
|
|
|
5054 {
|
|
|
5055 int id;
|
|
|
5056 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5057
|
|
|
5058 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5059 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5060 return 0;
|
|
|
5061
|
|
|
5062 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5063 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5064 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5065 else
|
|
|
5066 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5067 return id;
|
|
|
5068 }
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 /*
|
|
|
5071 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5072 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5073 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5074 */
|
|
|
5075 static int
|
|
|
5076 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5077 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5078 {
|
|
|
5079 int len;
|
|
7
|
5080
|
|
|
5081 /*
|
|
|
5082 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5083 */
|
|
|
5084 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5085 {
|
|
221
|
5086 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5087 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5088 }
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 /*
|
|
|
5091 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5092 */
|
|
|
5093 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5094 {
|
|
|
5095 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5096 return 0;
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5099
|
|
221
|
5100 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5101 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5102 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5103 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5104 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5105
|
|
221
|
5106 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5107 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5108 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5109 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5110
|
|
7
|
5111 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5112 }
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 /*
|
|
|
5115 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5116 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5117 */
|
|
|
5118 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5119 static void
|
|
|
5120 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5121 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5122 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5123 {
|
|
|
5124 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5125 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5126 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5127 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5128 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5129 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5130 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5131 int list_op;
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5134 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5135 return;
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5140 {
|
|
|
5141 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5142 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 for (;;)
|
|
|
5145 {
|
|
|
5146 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5147 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5150 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5153 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5154 {
|
|
|
5155 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5156 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5157 }
|
|
|
5158 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5159 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5160 {
|
|
|
5161 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5162 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5163 }
|
|
|
5164 else
|
|
|
5165 break;
|
|
|
5166
|
|
|
5167 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5168 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5169 {
|
|
|
5170 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5171 break;
|
|
|
5172 }
|
|
|
5173 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5174 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5175 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5179 {
|
|
|
5180 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5181 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5182 }
|
|
|
5183 }
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5186 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5187 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5188 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5189 }
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 /*
|
|
|
5192 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5193 */
|
|
|
5194 static void
|
|
|
5195 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5198 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5199 }
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 /*
|
|
|
5202 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5203 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5204 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5205 */
|
|
|
5206 static char_u *
|
|
|
5207 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5208 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5209 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5210 {
|
|
|
5211 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5212 int *p;
|
|
|
5213 int idx;
|
|
|
5214 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5217 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5218 return NULL;
|
|
|
5219
|
|
|
5220 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5221 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5222 {
|
|
|
5223 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5224 return NULL;
|
|
|
5225 }
|
|
|
5226 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5227 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5228 return NULL;
|
|
|
5229
|
|
|
5230 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5231 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5232 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5233 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5234 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5237 return NULL;
|
|
|
5238 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 /*
|
|
|
5241 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5242 */
|
|
|
5243 ++end;
|
|
|
5244 do
|
|
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5247 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5248 break;
|
|
|
5249 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5252 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5253 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5254 {
|
|
|
5255 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5256 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5257 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5258 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5259 }
|
|
|
5260 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5263 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 end += 3;
|
|
|
5266 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5269 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5270 {
|
|
|
5271 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5272 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5273 }
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5276 {
|
|
|
5277 end += 4;
|
|
|
5278 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 ++end;
|
|
|
5281 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5284 {
|
|
|
5285 ++end;
|
|
|
5286 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5287 }
|
|
|
5288 }
|
|
|
5289 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5290 break;
|
|
|
5291 ++end;
|
|
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5295
|
|
|
5296 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5297 {
|
|
|
5298 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5299 return NULL;
|
|
|
5300 }
|
|
|
5301 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 /*
|
|
|
5305 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5306 */
|
|
|
5307 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5308 static void
|
|
|
5309 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5310 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5311 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
|
5313 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5314 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5315 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5316 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5317 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5318 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5319 long n;
|
|
|
5320 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5323 {
|
|
|
5324 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5325 return;
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5329 {
|
|
|
5330 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5331 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5332 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5333 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5334 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5335 {
|
|
|
5336 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5337 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5338 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5339 {
|
|
|
5340 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5341 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5342 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5343 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5344 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5345 }
|
|
|
5346 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5347 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5348 }
|
|
|
5349 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5350 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5351 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5352 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5353 {
|
|
|
5354 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5355 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5356 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5357 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5358 else
|
|
|
5359 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5360 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5361 {
|
|
|
5362 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5363 break;
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5366 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
|
5368 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5369 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5370 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5371 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5372 else
|
|
|
5373 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5374 }
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
|
5378 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5379 {
|
|
|
5380 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5381 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5382 }
|
|
|
5383 }
|
|
|
5384 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5387 {
|
|
|
5388 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5389 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5390 break;
|
|
|
5391 }
|
|
|
5392 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5393 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5396 break;
|
|
|
5397 }
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5402 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5403 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5404 {
|
|
|
5405 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5406 break;
|
|
|
5407 }
|
|
|
5408 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5411 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5412 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5413 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5414 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5415 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5416
|
|
|
5417 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5418 {
|
|
|
5419 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5420 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5421 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5422 break;
|
|
|
5423 }
|
|
|
5424 }
|
|
|
5425 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427 else
|
|
|
5428 {
|
|
|
5429 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5430 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5431 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5432 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5433 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5434 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5435 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5436 else
|
|
|
5437 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5438 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5439 break;
|
|
|
5440 }
|
|
|
5441 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5442 }
|
|
|
5443 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5444 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5445 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5446 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5447 {
|
|
|
5448 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5449 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5450 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5451 }
|
|
|
5452 }
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 /*
|
|
|
5455 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5456 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5457 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5458 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5459 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5460 */
|
|
|
5461 static int
|
|
|
5462 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5463 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5464 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5465 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5466 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5467 {
|
|
|
5468 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5469 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5470 int round;
|
|
|
5471 int count;
|
|
|
5472 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5473 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5474 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5475 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5476 int id;
|
|
|
5477 int i;
|
|
|
5478 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 /*
|
|
|
5481 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5482 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5483 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5484 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5485 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5486 */
|
|
|
5487 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5488 {
|
|
|
5489 /*
|
|
|
5490 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5491 */
|
|
|
5492 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5493 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5496 break;
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5499 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5502 break;
|
|
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504
|
|
|
5505 /*
|
|
|
5506 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5507 */
|
|
|
5508 count = 0;
|
|
|
5509 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5510 {
|
|
|
5511 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5512 ;
|
|
|
5513 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5514 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5515 {
|
|
|
5516 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5517 break;
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519 STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
|
5520 name[end - p + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5521 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5522 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5523 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5524 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5525 {
|
|
|
5526 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5527 {
|
|
|
5528 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5529 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5530 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5531 break;
|
|
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5534 {
|
|
|
5535 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5536 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5537 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5538 break;
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5541 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5542 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5543 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5544 else
|
|
|
5545 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5546 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5547 }
|
|
|
5548 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5551 }
|
|
|
5552 else
|
|
|
5553 {
|
|
|
5554 /*
|
|
|
5555 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5556 */
|
|
|
5557 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5558 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5559 else
|
|
|
5560 {
|
|
|
5561 /*
|
|
|
5562 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5563 */
|
|
|
5564 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5565 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5566 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5567 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5568 {
|
|
|
5569 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5570 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5571 break;
|
|
|
5572 }
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5575 id = 0;
|
|
|
5576 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5577 {
|
|
|
5578 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5579 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5582 {
|
|
|
5583 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5584 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5585 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5586 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5587 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5590 round = 1;
|
|
|
5591 }
|
|
|
5592 else
|
|
|
5593 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 ++count;
|
|
|
5596 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5600 }
|
|
|
5601 }
|
|
|
5602 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5603 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5604 {
|
|
|
5605 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5606 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5607 break;
|
|
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5612 {
|
|
|
5613 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5614 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5615 {
|
|
|
5616 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5617 round = 1;
|
|
|
5618 }
|
|
|
5619 else
|
|
|
5620 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622 ++count;
|
|
|
5623 }
|
|
|
5624 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5625 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5626 break;
|
|
|
5627 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5628 }
|
|
|
5629 if (failed)
|
|
|
5630 break;
|
|
|
5631 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5632 {
|
|
|
5633 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5634 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5635 break;
|
|
|
5636 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5637 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5638 }
|
|
|
5639 }
|
|
|
5640
|
|
|
5641 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5642 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5645 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5646 }
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5649 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5650 else
|
|
|
5651 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 return OK;
|
|
|
5654 }
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 /*
|
|
|
5657 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5658 */
|
|
|
5659 static short *
|
|
|
5660 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5661 short *list;
|
|
|
5662 {
|
|
|
5663 int len;
|
|
|
5664 int count;
|
|
|
5665 short *retval;
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5668 return NULL;
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5671 ;
|
|
|
5672 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5673 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5674 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5675 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 return retval;
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 /*
|
|
|
5681 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5682 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5683 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5684 * the current item.
|
|
|
5685 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5686 */
|
|
|
5687 static int
|
|
|
5688 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5689 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5690 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5691 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5692 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5693 {
|
|
|
5694 int retval;
|
|
|
5695 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5696 short item;
|
|
|
5697 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5698 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5699 int r;
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5702 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5703 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5704 {
|
|
|
5705 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5706 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5707 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5708 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5709 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5710 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5711 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5712 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5713 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5714 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5715 }
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5718 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 /*
|
|
|
5721 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5722 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5723 */
|
|
|
5724 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5725 return !contained;
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 /*
|
|
|
5728 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5729 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5730 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5731 */
|
|
|
5732 item = *list;
|
|
|
5733 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5734 {
|
|
|
5735 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5736 {
|
|
|
5737 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5738 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5739 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5744 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5745 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747 else
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5750 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5751 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5752 }
|
|
|
5753 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5754 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5755 }
|
|
|
5756 else
|
|
|
5757 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 /*
|
|
|
5760 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5761 */
|
|
|
5762 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5765 return retval;
|
|
|
5766 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5767 {
|
|
|
5768 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5769 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5770 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5771 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5772 {
|
|
|
5773 ++depth;
|
|
|
5774 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5775 --depth;
|
|
|
5776 if (r)
|
|
|
5777 return retval;
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5781 }
|
|
|
5782 return !retval;
|
|
|
5783 }
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5786 {
|
|
|
5787 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5788 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5789 };
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5792 {
|
|
|
5793 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5794 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5795 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5796 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5797 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5798 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5799 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5800 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5801 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5802 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5803 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5804 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5805 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
|
5806 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5807 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5808 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5809 };
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 /*
|
|
|
5812 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5813 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5814 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5815 */
|
|
|
5816 void
|
|
|
5817 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5818 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5821 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5822 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5823 int i;
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5828 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5829 ;
|
|
|
5830 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5831 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5832 {
|
|
|
5833 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5834 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5835 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5836 {
|
|
|
5837 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5838 {
|
|
|
5839 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5840 break;
|
|
|
5841 }
|
|
|
5842 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5843 {
|
|
|
5844 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5845 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5846 break;
|
|
|
5847 }
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5850 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5851 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5852 }
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 int
|
|
|
5856 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5857 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
|
5859 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5860 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5861 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5862 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5863 }
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 static enum
|
|
|
5868 {
|
|
|
5869 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5870 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5871 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5872
|
|
|
5873
|
|
|
5874 /*
|
|
|
5875 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5876 */
|
|
|
5877 void
|
|
|
5878 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5879 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5880 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5881 {
|
|
|
5882 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5885 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5886 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5887 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5888 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5889 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5892 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5893 {
|
|
|
5894 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5895 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5896 {
|
|
|
5897 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5898 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5899 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5900 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5901 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5902 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5903 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5904 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5905 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5906 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5907 else
|
|
|
5908 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 /*
|
|
|
5916 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5917 * expansion.
|
|
|
5918 */
|
|
|
5919 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5920 char_u *
|
|
|
5921 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5922 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5923 int idx;
|
|
|
5924 {
|
|
|
5925 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5926 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
5927 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
5928 }
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5933 /*
|
|
|
5934 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
5935 */
|
|
|
5936 int
|
|
|
5937 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans)
|
|
|
5938 long lnum;
|
|
|
5939 long col;
|
|
|
5940 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
|
5941 {
|
|
|
5942 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
5943 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
|
5944 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
|
5945 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
|
5946 || col < (long)current_col)
|
|
|
5947 syntax_start(curwin, lnum);
|
|
|
5948
|
|
221
|
5949 (void)get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
7
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
5952 }
|
|
|
5953 #endif
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5956 /*
|
|
|
5957 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
5958 */
|
|
|
5959 int
|
|
|
5960 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
5961 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
5962 long lnum;
|
|
|
5963 {
|
|
|
5964 int level = 0;
|
|
|
5965 int i;
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
5968 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
5971
|
|
|
5972 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5973 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
5974 ++level;
|
|
|
5975 }
|
|
|
5976 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
5977 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
5978 return level;
|
|
|
5979 }
|
|
|
5980 #endif
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 /**************************************
|
|
|
5986 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
5987 **************************************/
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 /*
|
|
|
5990 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
5991 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
5992 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
5993 */
|
|
|
5994 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5997 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
5998 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
5999 #endif
|
|
|
6000 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
6001 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6002 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6003 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6004 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6005 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6006 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6007 "Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guifg=Grey guibg=fg",
|
|
|
6008 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6009 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
|
6010 NULL
|
|
|
6011 };
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6014 {
|
|
|
6015 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6016 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
6017 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6018 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6019 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6020 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
221
|
6021 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6022 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6023 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
7
|
6024 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6025 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6026 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6027 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6028 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6029 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6030 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6031 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6032 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6033 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6034 NULL
|
|
|
6035 };
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6038 {
|
|
|
6039 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6040 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6041 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6042 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6043 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
6044 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6045 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
221
|
6046 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6047 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6048 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
7
|
6049 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6050 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6051 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6052 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6053 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6054 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6055 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6056 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6057 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6058 NULL
|
|
|
6059 };
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 void
|
|
|
6062 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6063 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6064 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6065 {
|
|
|
6066 int i;
|
|
|
6067 char **pp;
|
|
|
6068 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6069 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6070 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 /*
|
|
|
6073 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6074 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6075 */
|
|
|
6076 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6077 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6078 return;
|
|
|
6079 #endif
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 /*
|
|
|
6082 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6083 */
|
|
|
6084 if (both)
|
|
|
6085 {
|
|
|
6086 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6087 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6088 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6089 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6090 }
|
|
|
6091 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6092 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6093 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6094 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6095 return;
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6098 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6099 else
|
|
|
6100 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6101 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6102 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6105 /*
|
|
|
6106 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6107 */
|
|
|
6108 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6109 {
|
|
|
6110 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6113 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6114 else
|
|
|
6115 {
|
|
|
6116 ++recursive;
|
|
|
6117 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
|
6118 --recursive;
|
|
|
6119 }
|
|
|
6120 }
|
|
7
|
6121 #endif
|
|
|
6122 }
|
|
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 /*
|
|
12
|
6125 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6126 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6127 */
|
|
|
6128 int
|
|
12
|
6129 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6130 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6131 {
|
|
|
6132 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6133 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6134 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6137 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6138 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6139 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6140 return OK;
|
|
|
6141
|
|
|
6142 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6143 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6144 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6145 {
|
|
12
|
6146 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
7
|
6147 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
6148 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6149 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6150 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6151 #endif
|
|
7
|
6152 }
|
|
|
6153 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 return retval;
|
|
|
6156 }
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 /*
|
|
|
6159 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6160 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6161 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6162 */
|
|
|
6163 void
|
|
|
6164 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6165 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6166 int forceit;
|
|
|
6167 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6168 {
|
|
|
6169 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6170 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6171 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6172 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6173 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6174 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6175 long i;
|
|
|
6176 int off;
|
|
|
6177 int len;
|
|
|
6178 int attr;
|
|
|
6179 int id;
|
|
|
6180 int idx;
|
|
|
6181 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6182 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6183 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6184 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6185 int color;
|
|
|
6186 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6187 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6188 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6189 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6190 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6191 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6192 #else
|
|
|
6193 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6194 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6195 #endif
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 /*
|
|
|
6198 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6199 */
|
|
|
6200 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6201 {
|
|
|
6202 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6203 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6204 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6205 return;
|
|
|
6206 }
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 /*
|
|
|
6209 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6210 */
|
|
|
6211 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6212 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 /*
|
|
|
6215 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6216 */
|
|
|
6217 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6218 {
|
|
|
6219 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6220 line = linep;
|
|
|
6221 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6222 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6223 }
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 /*
|
|
|
6226 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6227 */
|
|
|
6228 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6229 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6230 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6231 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6232
|
|
|
6233 /*
|
|
|
6234 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6235 */
|
|
|
6236 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6237 {
|
|
|
6238 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6239 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6240 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6241 else
|
|
|
6242 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6243 return;
|
|
|
6244 }
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 /*
|
|
|
6247 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6248 */
|
|
|
6249 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6250 {
|
|
|
6251 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6252 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6253 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6254 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6255 int from_id;
|
|
|
6256 int to_id;
|
|
|
6257
|
|
|
6258 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6259 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6260 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6265 from_start);
|
|
|
6266 return;
|
|
|
6267 }
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6270 {
|
|
|
6271 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6272 return;
|
|
|
6273 }
|
|
|
6274
|
|
|
6275 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6276 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6277 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6278 else
|
|
|
6279 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6280
|
|
|
6281 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6282 {
|
|
|
6283 /*
|
|
|
6284 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6285 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6286 */
|
|
|
6287 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6288 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6289 {
|
|
|
6290 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6291 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6292 }
|
|
|
6293 else
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 if (!init)
|
|
|
6296 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6297 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
|
6298 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6299 }
|
|
|
6300 }
|
|
|
6301
|
|
|
6302 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6303 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 return;
|
|
|
6306 }
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6309 {
|
|
|
6310 /*
|
|
|
6311 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6312 */
|
|
|
6313 line = linep;
|
|
|
6314 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6315 {
|
|
|
6316 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6317 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6318 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6319 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6320 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6321 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6322 */
|
|
|
6323 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6324 {
|
|
|
6325 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6326 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6327 # endif
|
|
|
6328 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6329 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6330 # endif
|
|
|
6331 }
|
|
|
6332 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6333 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6334 # endif
|
|
|
6335 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6336 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6339 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6340 */
|
|
|
6341 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6342 # endif
|
|
|
6343 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6344 {
|
|
|
6345 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6346 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6347 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6348 # endif
|
|
|
6349 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6350 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6351 # endif
|
|
|
6352 }
|
|
|
6353 # endif
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6356 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6357 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6358 */
|
|
|
6359 #endif
|
|
|
6360 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6361 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6362 #endif
|
|
|
6363 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365 /*
|
|
|
6366 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6367 */
|
|
|
6368 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6369 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6370 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6371 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6372 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6373 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6374 #endif
|
|
|
6375 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6376 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6377 return;
|
|
|
6378 }
|
|
|
6379 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6380 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6381 }
|
|
|
6382
|
|
|
6383 /*
|
|
|
6384 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6385 */
|
|
|
6386 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6387 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6388 return;
|
|
|
6389 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6392 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6393 return;
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6396 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6397 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6398 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6399 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6400 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6401 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6402 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6403 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6404 #endif
|
|
|
6405
|
|
|
6406 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6407 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6408 {
|
|
|
6409 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6410 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6411 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6412 }
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6415 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6416 {
|
|
|
6417 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6418 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6419 {
|
|
|
6420 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6421 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6422 break;
|
|
|
6423 }
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 /*
|
|
|
6426 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6427 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6428 */
|
|
|
6429 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6430 ++linep;
|
|
|
6431 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6432 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6433 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6436 break;
|
|
|
6437 }
|
|
|
6438 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6441 {
|
|
|
6442 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6443 {
|
|
|
6444 if (!init)
|
|
|
6445 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6446 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6447 }
|
|
|
6448 continue;
|
|
|
6449 }
|
|
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 /*
|
|
|
6452 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6453 */
|
|
|
6454 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6457 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6458 break;
|
|
|
6459 }
|
|
|
6460 ++linep;
|
|
|
6461
|
|
|
6462 /*
|
|
|
6463 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6464 */
|
|
|
6465 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6466 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6467 {
|
|
|
6468 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6469 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6470 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6471 {
|
|
|
6472 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6473 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6474 break;
|
|
|
6475 }
|
|
|
6476 }
|
|
|
6477 else
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6480 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6481 }
|
|
|
6482 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6483 {
|
|
|
6484 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6485 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6486 break;
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6489 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6490 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6491 {
|
|
|
6492 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6493 break;
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
|
6495 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6496 ++linep;
|
|
|
6497
|
|
|
6498 /*
|
|
|
6499 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6500 */
|
|
|
6501 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6502 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6503 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6504 {
|
|
|
6505 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6506 off = 0;
|
|
|
6507 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6508 {
|
|
|
6509 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6510 {
|
|
|
6511 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6512 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6513 {
|
|
|
6514 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6515 off += len;
|
|
|
6516 break;
|
|
|
6517 }
|
|
|
6518 }
|
|
|
6519 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6520 {
|
|
|
6521 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6522 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6523 break;
|
|
|
6524 }
|
|
|
6525 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6526 ++off;
|
|
|
6527 }
|
|
|
6528 if (error)
|
|
|
6529 break;
|
|
|
6530 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6531 {
|
|
|
6532 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6533 {
|
|
|
6534 if (!init)
|
|
|
6535 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6536 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6537 }
|
|
|
6538 }
|
|
|
6539 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6540 {
|
|
|
6541 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6542 {
|
|
|
6543 if (!init)
|
|
|
6544 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6545 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6546 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6547 }
|
|
|
6548 }
|
|
|
6549 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6550 else
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 if (!init)
|
|
|
6555 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6556 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6557 }
|
|
|
6558 }
|
|
|
6559 #endif
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
|
6561 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6562 {
|
|
|
6563 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6564 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6565 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6566 {
|
|
|
6567 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6568 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6569 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6570 }
|
|
|
6571 else
|
|
|
6572 {
|
|
|
6573 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6574 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6575 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6576 # endif
|
|
|
6577 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6578 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6579 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6580 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6581 */
|
|
|
6582
|
|
|
6583 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6584 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6585 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6586 # endif
|
|
|
6587 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6588 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6591 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6592 {
|
|
|
6593 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6594 * one.
|
|
|
6595 */
|
|
|
6596 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6597 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6598 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6599 }
|
|
|
6600 else
|
|
|
6601 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6602 # endif
|
|
|
6603 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6606 * one.
|
|
|
6607 */
|
|
|
6608 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6609 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6610 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612 else
|
|
|
6613 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6614 }
|
|
|
6615 #endif
|
|
|
6616 }
|
|
|
6617 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6618 {
|
|
|
6619 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6620 {
|
|
|
6621 if (!init)
|
|
|
6622 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6625 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6626 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6627 {
|
|
|
6628 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6629 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6630 }
|
|
|
6631
|
|
|
6632 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6633 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6634 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6635 {
|
|
|
6636 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6637 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6638 else
|
|
|
6639 {
|
|
|
6640 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6641 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6642 break;
|
|
|
6643 }
|
|
|
6644 }
|
|
|
6645 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6646 {
|
|
|
6647 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6648 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6649 else
|
|
|
6650 {
|
|
|
6651 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6652 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6653 break;
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655 }
|
|
|
6656 else
|
|
|
6657 {
|
|
|
6658 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6659 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6660 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6661 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6662 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6663 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6664 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6665 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6666 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6667 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6668 7, 7,
|
|
|
6669 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6670 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6671 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6672 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6673 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6674 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6675 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6676 84, 84,
|
|
|
6677 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6678 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6679 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6680 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6681 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6682 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6683 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6684 248, 248,
|
|
|
6685 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6686 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6687 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6688 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6689 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6690 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6691 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6692 7, 7,
|
|
|
6693 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6694 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6695 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6696 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6697 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6698 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6699 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6700 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6701 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6702 #endif
|
|
|
6703
|
|
|
6704 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6705 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6706 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6707 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6708 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6709 break;
|
|
|
6710 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6711 {
|
|
|
6712 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6713 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6714 break;
|
|
|
6715 }
|
|
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6718 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6719 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6720 {
|
|
|
6721 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6722 {
|
|
|
6723 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6724 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6725 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6726 #else
|
|
|
6727 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6728 #endif
|
|
|
6729 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6730 {
|
|
|
6731 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6732 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6733 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6734 {
|
|
|
6735 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6736 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6737 }
|
|
|
6738 else
|
|
|
6739 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6740 }
|
|
|
6741 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6742 }
|
|
|
6743 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6744 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6745 {
|
|
|
6746 /*
|
|
|
6747 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6748 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6749 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6750 */
|
|
|
6751 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6752 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6753 else
|
|
|
6754 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6755 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6756 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6757 {
|
|
|
6758 case 16:
|
|
|
6759 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6760 break;
|
|
|
6761 case 88:
|
|
|
6762 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6763 break;
|
|
|
6764 case 256:
|
|
|
6765 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6766 break;
|
|
|
6767 }
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769 }
|
|
|
6770 }
|
|
|
6771 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6772 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6775 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6776 {
|
|
|
6777 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6778 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6779 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6780 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6781 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6782 #endif
|
|
|
6783 {
|
|
|
6784 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6785 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6786 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6787 }
|
|
|
6788 }
|
|
|
6789 }
|
|
|
6790 else
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6793 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6794 {
|
|
|
6795 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6796 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6797 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6798 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6799 #endif
|
|
|
6800 {
|
|
|
6801 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6802 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6803 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6804 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6805 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6806 else
|
|
|
6807 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6808 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6809 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6810 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6811 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6812 }
|
|
|
6813 }
|
|
|
6814 }
|
|
|
6815 }
|
|
|
6816 }
|
|
|
6817 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6818 {
|
|
|
6819 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6820 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6821 {
|
|
205
|
6822 if (!init)
|
|
|
6823 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6826 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6827 {
|
|
|
6828 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6829 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6830 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6831 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6832 else
|
|
|
6833 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6834 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6835 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6836 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6837 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6838 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6839 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6840 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6841 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6842 # endif
|
|
205
|
6843 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6844 # endif
|
|
205
|
6845 }
|
|
7
|
6846 }
|
|
|
6847 #endif
|
|
|
6848 }
|
|
|
6849 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6850 {
|
|
|
6851 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6852 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6853 {
|
|
205
|
6854 if (!init)
|
|
|
6855 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6858 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6859 {
|
|
|
6860 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6861 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6862 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6863 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6864 else
|
|
|
6865 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6866 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6867 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6868 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6869 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6870 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6871 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6872 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6873 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6874 # endif
|
|
205
|
6875 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6876 # endif
|
|
205
|
6877 }
|
|
7
|
6878 }
|
|
205
|
6879 #endif
|
|
|
6880 }
|
|
|
6881 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
6882 {
|
|
|
6883 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6884 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6885 {
|
|
|
6886 if (!init)
|
|
|
6887 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6888
|
|
|
6889 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6890 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6891 {
|
|
|
6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
6893 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
6894 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6895 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6896 else
|
|
|
6897 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6898 }
|
|
|
6899 }
|
|
7
|
6900 #endif
|
|
|
6901 }
|
|
|
6902 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6903 {
|
|
|
6904 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
6905 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 if (!init)
|
|
|
6908 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 /*
|
|
|
6911 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
6912 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
6913 */
|
|
|
6914 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
6915 {
|
|
|
6916 off = 0;
|
|
|
6917 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6918 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6919 {
|
|
|
6920 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
6921 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
6922 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
6923 ;
|
|
|
6924 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
6925 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6926 {
|
|
|
6927 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6928 break;
|
|
|
6929 }
|
|
|
6930 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
6931 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
6932 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
6933 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
6934 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
6937 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
6938 {
|
|
|
6939 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6940 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6941 break;
|
|
|
6942 }
|
|
|
6943 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
6944
|
|
|
6945 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
6946 off += len;
|
|
|
6947 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6948 ++off;
|
|
|
6949 }
|
|
|
6950 }
|
|
|
6951 else
|
|
|
6952 {
|
|
|
6953 /*
|
|
|
6954 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
6955 */
|
|
|
6956 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
6957 {
|
|
|
6958 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
6959 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
6960 off += len;
|
|
|
6961 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
6962 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
6963 }
|
|
|
6964 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
6965 }
|
|
|
6966 if (error)
|
|
|
6967 break;
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
6970 p = NULL;
|
|
|
6971 else
|
|
|
6972 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
6973 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
6974 {
|
|
|
6975 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
6976 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
6977 }
|
|
|
6978 else
|
|
|
6979 {
|
|
|
6980 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
6981 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
6982 }
|
|
|
6983 }
|
|
|
6984 else
|
|
|
6985 {
|
|
|
6986 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6987 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6988 break;
|
|
|
6989 }
|
|
|
6990
|
|
|
6991 /*
|
|
|
6992 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
6993 */
|
|
|
6994 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
6995 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 /*
|
|
|
6998 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
6999 */
|
|
|
7000 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7001 }
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 /*
|
|
|
7004 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7005 */
|
|
|
7006 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7007 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7008 else
|
|
|
7009 {
|
|
|
7010 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7013 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7014 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7015 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7016 /*
|
|
|
7017 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7018 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7019 */
|
|
|
7020 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7021 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7022 #endif
|
|
|
7023 }
|
|
|
7024 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7025 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7026 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7027 {
|
|
|
7028 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7029 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7030 }
|
|
|
7031 # endif
|
|
|
7032 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7033 {
|
|
|
7034 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7035 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7036 }
|
|
|
7037 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7038 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7039 {
|
|
|
7040 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7041 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7042 }
|
|
|
7043 # endif
|
|
|
7044 #endif
|
|
|
7045 else
|
|
|
7046 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
7047 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
7048 }
|
|
|
7049 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7050 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7051
|
|
|
7052 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7053 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7054 }
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 /*
|
|
|
7057 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7058 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7059 */
|
|
|
7060 void
|
|
|
7061 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7062 {
|
|
|
7063 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7064 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7065 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7066 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7067 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7068 #else
|
|
|
7069 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7070 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7071 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7072 #endif
|
|
|
7073 }
|
|
|
7074
|
|
|
7075 /*
|
|
|
7076 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7077 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7078 */
|
|
|
7079 static int
|
|
|
7080 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7081 int idx;
|
|
|
7082 int check_link;
|
|
|
7083 {
|
|
|
7084 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7085 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7086 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7087 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7088 #endif
|
|
|
7089 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7090 }
|
|
|
7091
|
|
|
7092 /*
|
|
|
7093 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7094 */
|
|
|
7095 static void
|
|
|
7096 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7097 int idx;
|
|
|
7098 {
|
|
|
7099 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7100 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7101 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7102 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7103 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7104 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7105 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7106 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7107 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7108 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7109 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7110 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7111 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7112 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7113 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7114 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7115 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7116 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7117 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7118 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7119 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7120 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7121 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7122 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7123 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7124 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7125 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7126 # endif
|
|
|
7127 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7128 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7129 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7130 #endif
|
|
|
7131 }
|
|
|
7132
|
|
|
7133 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7134 /*
|
|
|
7135 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7136 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7137 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7138 */
|
|
|
7139 void
|
|
|
7140 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7143 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7144 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7145 {
|
|
|
7146 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7147 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7148 }
|
|
|
7149 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7150 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7151 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7152 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7153 {
|
|
|
7154 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7155 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7156 # endif
|
|
|
7157 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7158 }
|
|
|
7159 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7160 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7161 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7162 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7163 {
|
|
|
7164 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7165 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7166 # endif
|
|
|
7167 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7168 }
|
|
|
7169 #endif
|
|
|
7170 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7171 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7172 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7173 {
|
|
|
7174 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7175 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7176 }
|
|
|
7177 #endif
|
|
|
7178 }
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 /*
|
|
|
7181 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7182 */
|
|
|
7183 static int
|
|
|
7184 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7185 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7186 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7187 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7188 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7189 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7190 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7191 {
|
|
|
7192 int idx;
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7195 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7196 {
|
|
|
7197 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7198
|
|
|
7199 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7200 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7201 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7202 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7203 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7204 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7205 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7206 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7207 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7208 }
|
|
|
7209 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7210 }
|
|
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 /*
|
|
|
7213 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7214 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7215 */
|
|
|
7216 char_u *
|
|
|
7217 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7218 {
|
|
|
7219 int id;
|
|
|
7220 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7221
|
|
|
7222 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7223 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7224 {
|
|
|
7225 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7226 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7227 return s;
|
|
|
7228 }
|
|
|
7229 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7230 }
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 /*
|
|
|
7233 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7234 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7235 */
|
|
|
7236 void
|
|
|
7237 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7238 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7239 {
|
|
|
7240 int id;
|
|
|
7241
|
|
|
7242 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7243 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7244 {
|
|
|
7245 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7246 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7247 }
|
|
|
7248 }
|
|
|
7249
|
|
|
7250 /*
|
|
|
7251 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7252 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7253 */
|
|
|
7254 void
|
|
|
7255 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7256 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7257 {
|
|
|
7258 int id;
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7261 {
|
|
|
7262 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7263 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7264 {
|
|
|
7265 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7266 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7267 }
|
|
|
7268 }
|
|
|
7269 }
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 /*
|
|
|
7272 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7273 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7274 */
|
|
|
7275 void
|
|
|
7276 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7277 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7278 {
|
|
|
7279 int id;
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7282 {
|
|
|
7283 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7284 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7287 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7288 }
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290 }
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 /*
|
|
|
7293 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7294 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7295 */
|
|
|
7296 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7297 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7298 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7299 {
|
|
|
7300 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7301 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7302
|
|
|
7303 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7304 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7305 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7306 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7307
|
|
|
7308 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7309 }
|
|
|
7310
|
|
|
7311 /*
|
|
|
7312 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7313 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7314 */
|
|
|
7315 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7316 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7317 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7318 {
|
|
|
7319 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7320 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7321
|
|
|
7322 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7323 }
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7326 /*
|
|
|
7327 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7328 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7329 */
|
|
|
7330 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7331 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7332 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7333 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7334 {
|
|
|
7335 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7336 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7337
|
|
|
7338 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7339 }
|
|
|
7340 # endif
|
|
|
7341
|
|
|
7342 /*
|
|
|
7343 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7344 */
|
|
|
7345 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7346 static void
|
|
|
7347 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7348 int idx;
|
|
|
7349 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7350 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7351 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7352 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7353 {
|
|
|
7354 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7355 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7356 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7357 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7358 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7359 || do_menu
|
|
|
7360 # endif
|
|
|
7361 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7362 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7363 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7364 # endif
|
|
|
7365 )
|
|
|
7366 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7367 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7368 || do_menu
|
|
|
7369 # endif
|
|
|
7370 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7371 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7372 # endif
|
|
|
7373 );
|
|
|
7374 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7375 {
|
|
|
7376 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7377 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7378 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7379 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7380 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7381 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7382 {
|
|
|
7383 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7384 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7385 # else
|
|
|
7386 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7387 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7388 # endif
|
|
|
7389 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7390 }
|
|
|
7391 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7392 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7393 {
|
|
|
7394 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7395 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7396 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7397 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7398 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7399 */
|
|
|
7400 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7401 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7402 }
|
|
|
7403 # endif
|
|
|
7404 # endif
|
|
|
7405 }
|
|
|
7406 else
|
|
|
7407 # endif
|
|
|
7408 {
|
|
|
7409 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7410 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7411 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7412 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7413 {
|
|
|
7414 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7415 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7416 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7417 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7418 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7419 {
|
|
|
7420 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7421 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7422 }
|
|
|
7423 # endif
|
|
|
7424 #endif
|
|
|
7425 }
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427 }
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7430
|
|
|
7431 /*
|
|
|
7432 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7433 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7434 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7435 */
|
|
|
7436 garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7439
|
|
|
7440 garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7441
|
|
|
7442 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7445 garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7446
|
|
|
7447 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7448 #endif
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 /*
|
|
|
7451 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7452 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7453 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7454 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7455 */
|
|
|
7456 static int
|
|
|
7457 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7458 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7459 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7460 {
|
|
|
7461 int i;
|
|
|
7462 attrentry_T *gap;
|
|
|
7463 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 /*
|
|
|
7466 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7467 */
|
|
|
7468 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7469 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 /*
|
|
|
7472 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7473 */
|
|
|
7474 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7475 {
|
|
|
7476 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7477 if ( aep->ae_attr == gap->ae_attr
|
|
|
7478 && (
|
|
|
7479 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7480 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7481 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7482 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
205
|
7483 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color == gap->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
7
|
7484 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == gap->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
|
7485 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7486 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == gap->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
|
7487 # endif
|
|
|
7488 ))
|
|
|
7489 ||
|
|
|
7490 #endif
|
|
|
7491 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
|
7492 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) ==
|
|
|
7493 (gap->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7494 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7495 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
|
7496 gap->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7497 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) ==
|
|
|
7498 (gap->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7499 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7500 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
|
7501 gap->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
|
7502 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
|
7503 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7504 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
|
7505 ))
|
|
|
7506
|
|
|
7507 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509
|
|
26
|
7510 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF >= 256)
|
|
7
|
7511 {
|
|
|
7512 /*
|
|
|
7513 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7514 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7515 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7516 */
|
|
|
7517 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7518 {
|
|
|
7519 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7520 return 0;
|
|
|
7521 }
|
|
|
7522 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7523
|
|
|
7524 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7525 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7526 #endif
|
|
|
7527 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7528 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7529 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7532 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7533
|
|
|
7534 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7535 }
|
|
|
7536
|
|
|
7537 /*
|
|
|
7538 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7539 */
|
|
|
7540 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7541 return 0;
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7544 vim_memset(gap, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7545 gap->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7546 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7547 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7548 {
|
|
|
7549 gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7550 gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
205
|
7551 gap->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
7
|
7552 gap->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7553 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7554 gap->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7555 # endif
|
|
|
7556 }
|
|
|
7557 #endif
|
|
|
7558 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7559 {
|
|
|
7560 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7561 gap->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
|
7562 else
|
|
|
7563 gap->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7564 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7565 gap->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7566 else
|
|
|
7567 gap->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7568 }
|
|
|
7569 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7570 {
|
|
|
7571 gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7572 gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7573 }
|
|
|
7574 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7575 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7576 }
|
|
|
7577
|
|
221
|
7578 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7579 /*
|
|
|
7580 * Combine the spelling attributes with other attributes. "spell_attr"
|
|
|
7581 * overrules "char_attr".
|
|
|
7582 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7583 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7584 * result.
|
|
|
7585 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7586 */
|
|
|
7587 int
|
|
|
7588 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr)
|
|
|
7589 int char_attr;
|
|
|
7590 int spell_attr;
|
|
|
7591 {
|
|
|
7592 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7593 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7594 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7595
|
|
|
7596 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
|
7597 return spell_attr;
|
|
|
7598 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7599 return char_attr | spell_attr;
|
|
|
7600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7601 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7602 {
|
|
|
7603 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7604 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7605 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7606 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7607 else
|
|
|
7608 {
|
|
|
7609 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7610 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7611 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7612 }
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 if (spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7615 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_attr;
|
|
|
7616 else
|
|
|
7617 {
|
|
|
7618 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(spell_attr);
|
|
|
7619 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7620 {
|
|
|
7621 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7622 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7623 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7624 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7625 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7626 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7627 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7628 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7629 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7630 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7631 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7632 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7633 # endif
|
|
|
7634 }
|
|
|
7635 }
|
|
|
7636 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7637 }
|
|
|
7638 #endif
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7641 {
|
|
|
7642 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7643 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7644 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7645 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7646 else
|
|
|
7647 {
|
|
|
7648 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7649 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7650 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7651 }
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 if (spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7654 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_attr;
|
|
|
7655 else
|
|
|
7656 {
|
|
|
7657 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(spell_attr);
|
|
|
7658 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7659 {
|
|
|
7660 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7661 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7662 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7663 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7664 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7665 }
|
|
|
7666 }
|
|
|
7667 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7668 }
|
|
|
7669
|
|
|
7670 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7671 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7672 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7673 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7674 else
|
|
|
7675 {
|
|
|
7676 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7677 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7678 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7679 }
|
|
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 if (spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7682 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_attr;
|
|
|
7683 else
|
|
|
7684 {
|
|
|
7685 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(spell_attr);
|
|
|
7686 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7687 {
|
|
|
7688 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7689 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
7690 {
|
|
|
7691 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
7692 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
7693 }
|
|
|
7694 }
|
|
|
7695 }
|
|
|
7696 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7697 }
|
|
|
7698 #endif
|
|
|
7699
|
|
7
|
7700 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7701
|
|
|
7702 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7703 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7704 int attr;
|
|
|
7705 {
|
|
|
7706 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7707 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7708 return NULL;
|
|
|
7709 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7710 }
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7715 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7716 int attr;
|
|
|
7717 {
|
|
|
7718 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7719 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7720 return NULL;
|
|
|
7721 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7722 }
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7725 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7726 int attr;
|
|
|
7727 {
|
|
|
7728 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7729 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7730 return NULL;
|
|
|
7731 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7732 }
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7735 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7736 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7737
|
|
|
7738 static void
|
|
|
7739 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7740 int id;
|
|
|
7741 {
|
|
|
7742 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7743 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7748 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7749 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7750 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7751 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7752 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7753
|
|
|
7754 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7755 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7756 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7757 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7758 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7759 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7762 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7763 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7764 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7765 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7766 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7767 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7768 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7769 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7770 #endif
|
|
|
7771
|
|
|
7772 if (sgp->sg_link)
|
|
|
7773 {
|
|
|
7774 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
|
7775 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7776 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7777 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7778 }
|
|
|
7779 }
|
|
|
7780
|
|
|
7781 static int
|
|
|
7782 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7783 int id;
|
|
|
7784 int didh;
|
|
|
7785 int type;
|
|
|
7786 int iarg;
|
|
|
7787 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7788 char *name;
|
|
|
7789 {
|
|
|
7790 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7791 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7792 int i;
|
|
|
7793
|
|
|
7794 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7795 {
|
|
|
7796 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7797 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7798 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7799 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7800 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7801 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7804 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7805 {
|
|
|
7806 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7807 {
|
|
|
7808 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7809 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7810 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7811 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7812 }
|
|
|
7813 }
|
|
|
7814 }
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7817 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7818 didh = TRUE;
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7821 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7822 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7823 }
|
|
|
7824 return didh;
|
|
|
7825 }
|
|
|
7826
|
|
|
7827 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7828 /*
|
|
|
7829 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7830 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7831 */
|
|
|
7832 char_u *
|
|
|
7833 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7834 int id;
|
|
|
7835 int flag;
|
|
|
7836 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7837 {
|
|
|
7838 int attr;
|
|
|
7839
|
|
|
7840 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7841 return NULL;
|
|
|
7842
|
|
|
7843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7844 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7845 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
7846 else
|
|
|
7847 #endif
|
|
|
7848 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7849 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7850 else
|
|
|
7851 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
7852
|
|
|
7853 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
7854 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
7855 return NULL;
|
|
|
7856 }
|
|
|
7857 #endif
|
|
|
7858
|
|
|
7859 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7860 /*
|
|
|
7861 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
7862 */
|
|
|
7863 char_u *
|
|
|
7864 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
7865 int id;
|
|
205
|
7866 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
7867 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
7870 int n;
|
|
205
|
7871 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
7872 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7873 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7874 # endif
|
|
7
|
7875
|
|
|
7876 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7877 return NULL;
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
7880 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
7881 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7882 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
7883 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7884 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7885 {
|
|
|
7886 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
7887 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
7888 {
|
|
|
7889 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7890 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
7891 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 if (fg)
|
|
|
7894 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
7895 else if (sp)
|
|
|
7896 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
7897 else
|
|
|
7898 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7899 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7900 return NULL;
|
|
|
7901 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7902 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
7903 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
7904 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
7905 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
7906 return buf;
|
|
|
7907 }
|
|
|
7908 if (fg)
|
|
|
7909 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
7910 if (sp)
|
|
|
7911 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
7912 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
205
|
7914 # endif
|
|
7
|
7915 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7916 {
|
|
|
7917 if (fg)
|
|
|
7918 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
7919 else
|
|
|
7920 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
7921 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
7922 return name;
|
|
|
7923 }
|
|
|
7924 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
7925 return NULL;
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927 #endif
|
|
|
7928
|
|
|
7929 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
7930 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7931 /*
|
|
|
7932 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
7933 */
|
|
|
7934 long_u
|
|
|
7935 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
7936 int id;
|
|
|
7937 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
7938 {
|
|
|
7939 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7942 return 0L;
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 if (fg)
|
|
|
7945 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7946 else
|
|
|
7947 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7948
|
|
|
7949 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7950 return 0L;
|
|
|
7951
|
|
|
7952 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7953 }
|
|
|
7954 #endif
|
|
|
7955
|
|
|
7956 /*
|
|
|
7957 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
7958 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
7959 */
|
|
|
7960 static int
|
|
|
7961 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
7962 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
7963 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
7964 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
7965 {
|
|
|
7966 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
7967 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
7968
|
|
|
7969 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
7972 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7973 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
7974 }
|
|
|
7975 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
|
7976 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
7977 else
|
|
|
7978 {
|
|
|
7979 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
7980 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
7981 }
|
|
|
7982
|
|
|
7983 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
7984 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
7985 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
7986 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
7987
|
|
|
7988 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
7989
|
|
|
7990 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
7991 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
7992 {
|
|
|
7993 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
7994 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7995 }
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 return newline;
|
|
|
7998 }
|
|
|
7999
|
|
|
8000 /*
|
|
|
8001 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8002 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8003 */
|
|
|
8004 static void
|
|
|
8005 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8006 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8007 {
|
|
|
8008 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8009 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8010
|
|
|
8011 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8012 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8013 return;
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8016 /*
|
|
|
8017 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8018 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8019 */
|
|
|
8020 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8021 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8022 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8023 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8024 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8025 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8026 # endif
|
|
|
8027 )
|
|
|
8028 {
|
|
|
8029 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8030 }
|
|
|
8031 else
|
|
|
8032 {
|
|
|
8033 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8034 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8035 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8036 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8037 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8038 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8039 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8040 # endif
|
|
|
8041 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8042 }
|
|
|
8043 #endif
|
|
|
8044 /*
|
|
|
8045 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8046 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8047 */
|
|
|
8048 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8049 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8050 else
|
|
|
8051 {
|
|
|
8052 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8053 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8054 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8055 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8056 }
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 /*
|
|
|
8059 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8060 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8061 */
|
|
|
8062 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8063 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8064 else
|
|
|
8065 {
|
|
|
8066 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8067 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8068 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8069 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8070 }
|
|
|
8071 }
|
|
|
8072
|
|
|
8073 /*
|
|
|
8074 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8075 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8076 */
|
|
|
8077 int
|
|
|
8078 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8079 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8080 {
|
|
|
8081 int i;
|
|
|
8082 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8085 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8086 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
|
8087 STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
|
8088 name_u[199] = NUL;
|
|
|
8089 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8090 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8091 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8092 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8093 break;
|
|
|
8094 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8095 }
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8098 /*
|
|
|
8099 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8100 */
|
|
|
8101 int
|
|
|
8102 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8103 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8104 {
|
|
|
8105 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8106 }
|
|
|
8107 #endif
|
|
|
8108
|
|
|
8109 /*
|
|
|
8110 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8111 */
|
|
|
8112 int
|
|
|
8113 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8114 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8115 int len;
|
|
|
8116 {
|
|
|
8117 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8118 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8119
|
|
|
8120 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8121 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8122 {
|
|
|
8123 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8124 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8125 }
|
|
|
8126 return id;
|
|
|
8127 }
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 /*
|
|
|
8130 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8131 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8132 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8133 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8134 */
|
|
|
8135 int
|
|
|
8136 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8137 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8138 int len;
|
|
|
8139 {
|
|
|
8140 int id;
|
|
|
8141 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8142
|
|
|
8143 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8144 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8145 return 0;
|
|
|
8146
|
|
|
8147 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8148 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8149 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8150 else
|
|
|
8151 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8152 return id;
|
|
|
8153 }
|
|
|
8154
|
|
|
8155 /*
|
|
|
8156 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8157 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8158 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8159 */
|
|
|
8160 static int
|
|
|
8161 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8162 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8163 {
|
|
|
8164 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8167 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8168 {
|
|
|
8169 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8170 {
|
|
|
8171 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8172 return 0;
|
|
|
8173 }
|
|
|
8174 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8175 {
|
|
|
8176 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8177 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8178 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8179 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8180 break;
|
|
|
8181 }
|
|
|
8182 }
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 /*
|
|
|
8185 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8186 */
|
|
|
8187 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8188 {
|
|
|
8189 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8190 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8191 }
|
|
|
8192
|
|
|
8193 /*
|
|
|
8194 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8195 */
|
|
|
8196 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8197 {
|
|
|
8198 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8199 return 0;
|
|
|
8200 }
|
|
|
8201
|
|
|
8202 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8203 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8204 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8205 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8206 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8207 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8208 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8209 #endif
|
|
|
8210 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8213 }
|
|
|
8214
|
|
|
8215 /*
|
|
|
8216 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8217 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8218 */
|
|
|
8219 static void
|
|
|
8220 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8221 {
|
|
|
8222 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8223 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8224 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8225 }
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 /*
|
|
|
8228 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8229 */
|
|
|
8230 int
|
|
|
8231 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8232 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8233 {
|
|
|
8234 int attr;
|
|
|
8235 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8238 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8241 /*
|
|
|
8242 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8243 */
|
|
|
8244 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8245 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8246 else
|
|
|
8247 #endif
|
|
|
8248 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8249 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8250 else
|
|
|
8251 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 return attr;
|
|
|
8254 }
|
|
|
8255
|
|
|
8256 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8257 /*
|
|
|
8258 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8259 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8260 */
|
|
|
8261 int
|
|
|
8262 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8263 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8264 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8265 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8266 {
|
|
|
8267 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8268
|
|
|
8269 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8270 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8271
|
|
|
8272 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8273 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8274 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8275 }
|
|
|
8276 #endif
|
|
|
8277
|
|
|
8278 /*
|
|
|
8279 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8280 */
|
|
|
8281 int
|
|
|
8282 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8283 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8284 {
|
|
|
8285 int count;
|
|
|
8286 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8287
|
|
|
8288 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8289 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8290
|
|
|
8291 /*
|
|
|
8292 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8293 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8294 */
|
|
|
8295 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8296 {
|
|
|
8297 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8298 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8299 break;
|
|
|
8300 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8301 }
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8304 }
|
|
|
8305
|
|
|
8306 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8307 /*
|
|
|
8308 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8309 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8310 */
|
|
|
8311 void
|
|
|
8312 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8313 {
|
|
|
8314 int idx;
|
|
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8317 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8320 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8321
|
|
|
8322 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8323 }
|
|
|
8324
|
|
|
8325 static void
|
|
|
8326 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8327 int idx;
|
|
|
8328 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8329 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8330 {
|
|
|
8331 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8332
|
|
|
8333 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8334 {
|
|
|
8335 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8336 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8337 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8338 }
|
|
|
8339 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8340 {
|
|
|
8341 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8342 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8343 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8344 }
|
|
|
8345 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8346 {
|
|
|
8347 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8348 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8349 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8350 }
|
|
205
|
8351 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8352 {
|
|
|
8353 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8354 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8355 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8356 }
|
|
7
|
8357 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8358 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8359 }
|
|
|
8360
|
|
|
8361 #endif
|
|
|
8362
|
|
|
8363 /*
|
|
|
8364 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8365 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8366 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8367 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8368 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8369 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8370 */
|
|
|
8371 int
|
|
|
8372 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8373 {
|
|
|
8374 int hlf;
|
|
|
8375 int i;
|
|
|
8376 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8377 int attr;
|
|
|
8378 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8379 int id;
|
|
|
8380 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8381 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8382 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8383 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8384 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8385 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8386 # endif
|
|
|
8387 #endif
|
|
|
8388 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8389
|
|
|
8390 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8391
|
|
|
8392 /*
|
|
|
8393 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8394 */
|
|
|
8395 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8396 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8397
|
|
|
8398 /*
|
|
|
8399 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8400 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8401 */
|
|
|
8402 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8403 {
|
|
|
8404 if (i)
|
|
|
8405 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8406 else
|
|
|
8407 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8408 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8409 continue;
|
|
|
8410
|
|
|
8411 while (*p)
|
|
|
8412 {
|
|
|
8413 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8414 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8415 break;
|
|
|
8416 ++p;
|
|
|
8417 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8418 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8419
|
|
|
8420 /*
|
|
|
8421 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8422 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8423 */
|
|
|
8424 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8425 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8426 {
|
|
|
8427 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8428 continue;
|
|
|
8429
|
|
|
8430 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8431 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8432
|
|
|
8433 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8434 {
|
|
|
8435 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8436 break;
|
|
|
8437 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8438 break;
|
|
|
8439 case '-':
|
|
|
8440 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8441 break;
|
|
|
8442 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8443 break;
|
|
|
8444 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8445 break;
|
|
|
8446 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8447 break;
|
|
205
|
8448 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8449 break;
|
|
7
|
8450 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8451 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8452 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8453 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8454 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8455 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8456 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8457 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8458 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8459 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8460 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8461 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8462 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8463 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8464 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8465 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8466 #endif
|
|
|
8467 break;
|
|
|
8468 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8469 }
|
|
|
8470 }
|
|
|
8471 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8472
|
|
|
8473 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8474 }
|
|
|
8475 }
|
|
|
8476
|
|
|
8477 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8478 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8479 *
|
|
|
8480 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8481 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8482 */
|
|
|
8483 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8484 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8485 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8486 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8487 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8488 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8489 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8490 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8491 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8492 }
|
|
|
8493 # endif
|
|
|
8494 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8495 {
|
|
|
8496 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8497 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8498 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8499 {
|
|
|
8500 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8501 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8502 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8503 # endif
|
|
|
8504 }
|
|
|
8505 else
|
|
|
8506 {
|
|
|
8507 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8508 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8509 # endif
|
|
|
8510
|
|
|
8511 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8512 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8513 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8514 {
|
|
|
8515 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8516 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8517 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8518 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8519 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8520 # endif
|
|
|
8521 }
|
|
|
8522 else
|
|
|
8523 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8524 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8525 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8526 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8527
|
|
|
8528 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8529 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8530 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8531 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8532 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8533 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8534 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8535 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8536 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8537 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8538 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8539 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8540 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8541 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8542 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8543 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8544 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8545 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8546 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8547 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8548 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
8549 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8550 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8551 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8552 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8553 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8554 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8555 # endif
|
|
|
8556 # endif
|
|
|
8557 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8558 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8559 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8560 # endif
|
|
|
8561 }
|
|
|
8562 }
|
|
|
8563 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8564 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8565 # endif
|
|
|
8566
|
|
|
8567 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8568
|
|
|
8569 return OK;
|
|
|
8570 }
|
|
|
8571
|
|
|
8572 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8573
|
|
|
8574 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8575 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8576
|
|
|
8577 /*
|
|
|
8578 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8579 */
|
|
|
8580 void
|
|
|
8581 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8582 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8583 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8584 {
|
|
|
8585 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8586
|
|
|
8587 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8588 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8589 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8590 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8591 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8592
|
|
|
8593 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8594 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8595 {
|
|
|
8596 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8597 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8598 {
|
|
|
8599 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8600 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8601 {
|
|
|
8602 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8603 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8604 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8605 }
|
|
|
8606 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8607 {
|
|
|
8608 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8609 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8610 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8611 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8612 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8613 {
|
|
|
8614 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8615 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8616 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8617 {
|
|
|
8618 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8619 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8620 }
|
|
|
8621 }
|
|
|
8622 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8623 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8624 }
|
|
|
8625 }
|
|
|
8626 }
|
|
|
8627 }
|
|
|
8628
|
|
|
8629 /*
|
|
|
8630 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8631 */
|
|
|
8632 static void
|
|
|
8633 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8634 {
|
|
|
8635 int i;
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8638 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8639 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8640 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8641 }
|
|
|
8642
|
|
|
8643 static void
|
|
|
8644 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8645 int cnt;
|
|
|
8646 int attr;
|
|
|
8647 {
|
|
|
8648 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8649 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8650 out_flush();
|
|
|
8651 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8652 }
|
|
|
8653
|
|
|
8654 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8655
|
|
|
8656 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8657 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8658 /*
|
|
|
8659 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8660 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8661 */
|
|
|
8662 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8663 char_u *
|
|
|
8664 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8665 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8666 int idx;
|
|
|
8667 {
|
|
|
8668 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8669 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8670 && include_link
|
|
|
8671 #endif
|
|
|
8672 )
|
|
|
8673 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8674 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8675 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8676 && include_link
|
|
|
8677 #endif
|
|
|
8678 )
|
|
|
8679 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8680 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8681 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8682 && include_default
|
|
|
8683 #endif
|
|
|
8684 )
|
|
|
8685 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8686 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8687 return NULL;
|
|
|
8688 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690 #endif
|
|
|
8691
|
|
|
8692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8693 /*
|
|
|
8694 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8695 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8696 */
|
|
|
8697 void
|
|
|
8698 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8699 {
|
|
|
8700 int idx;
|
|
|
8701
|
|
|
8702 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8703 {
|
|
|
8704 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8705 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8706 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8707 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8708 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8709 # endif
|
|
|
8710 }
|
|
|
8711
|
|
|
8712 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8713 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8714 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8715 # endif
|
|
|
8716 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8717 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8718 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8719 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8720 # endif
|
|
|
8721 }
|
|
|
8722 #endif
|
|
|
8723
|
|
|
8724 /**************************************
|
|
|
8725 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8726 **************************************/
|
